0>>>>131-12-03 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन31-12-03 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban31-12-03 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x31-12-03 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 31-12-2003 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2 इस वर्ष निमित्त और निर्माण बन जमा के खाते को बढ़ाओ और अखण्ड महादानी बनो is varṣh nimitt aur nirmāṇ ban jamā kē|K khātē kō baṛhāō aur akhaṇḍ mahādānī banō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this year instrument and creation (x|become[root]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and constant great donor become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1This year, become a humble instrument and increase your account of accumulation and become an endless great donor.
3आज अनेक भुजाधारी बापदादा अपने चारों ओर की भुजाओं को देख रहे हैं . āj anēk bhujādhārī bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kī|key bhujāō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj anēk[adj.] bhujādhārī[adj.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today many the One with arms BapDada one’s own everywhere (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) arm to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada, the One with many arms, is seeing all His arms everywhere.
4कोई भुजायें साकार में सम्मुख हैं और कई भुजायें सूक्ष्म रूप में दिखाई दे रही हैं . kōī bhujāyē̃ sākār mē̃ sammukh haĩ aur kaī bhujāyē̃ sūkṣhma rūp mē̃ dikhāī dē rahī haĩ . kōī[pn.;d.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sammukh hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur kaī bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . some arm sakar in in front of you be[pres.pl.12hon3] and some arm subtle Rup in be visible .
3Some arms are personally in front of Him in the corporeal form and some arms are visible in the subtle form.
5बापदादा अपनी अनेक भुजाओं को देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . bāpdādā apnī anēk bhujāō̃ kō dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] anēk[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada one’s own many arm to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
4BapDada is pleased to see all His many arms.
6सभी भुजायें नम्बरवार बहुत आलराउण्डर , एवररेडी , आज्ञाकारी भुजायें हैं . sabhī bhujāyē̃ number-vār bahut allrounder , ever ready , āgyākārī bhujāyē̃ haĩ . sab[adv.hī] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] number-wār bahut all-rounder , ever ready , āgyākārī[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all arm numberwise very all-rounder , ever-ready , obedient arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
5All the arms are numberwise very all-rounder, ever-ready and obedient arms.
7बापदादा सिर्फ इशारा करते तो राइट हैण्डस कहते - हाँ बाबा , हाजिर बाबा , अभी बाबा . bāpdādā sirph iśhārā kartē tō right hands kahtē - hā̃ bābā , hājir bābā , abhī bābā . bāpdādā sirph[adj.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō right hand kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - hā̃ bābā , hāzir[adj.] bābā , ab[adv.hī] bābā . BapDada only signal do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then right hand say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - yes Baba , present Baba , now Baba .
6As soon as BapDada gives a signal, the right hands say: Yes, Baba! 7Present Baba. 8Right now, Baba!
8ऐसे मुरब्बी बच्चों को देख कितनी खुशी होती ! aisē murabbī bachchō̃ kō dēkh kitnī khuśhī hōtī ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] murabbī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] ! such x child to see[root] so happiness be[pres-part.f.] !
9There is so much happiness on seeing such specially beloved children.
9बापदादा को रूहानी फखुर है कि सिवाए बापदादा के और किसी भी धर्म आत्मा , महान आत्मा को ऐसी और इतनी सहयोगी भुजायें नहीं मिलती . bāpdādā kō rūhānī phakhur hai ki sivāē bāpdādā kē|K aur kisī bhī dharm ātmā , mahān ātmā kō aisī aur itnī sahyōgī bhujāyē̃ nahī̃ miltī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sivāē bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.f.] . BapDada to spiritual intoxication be[pres.sg.23] that except BapDada (of|K) and (anything|some) too religion soul , great soul to such and such co-operative arm not receive[pres-part.f.] .
10BapDada has spiritual intoxication that no one, apart from BapDada, none of the dharamatmas (religious souls) or mahatmas (great souls), have such co-operative arms.
10देखो सारे कल्प में चक्कर लगाओ ऐसी भुजायें किसको मिली हैं ? dēkhō sārē kalp mē̃ chakkar lagāō aisī bhujāyē̃ kiskō milī haĩ ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] milnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the whole cycle in cycle attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] such arm who[.kō] receive[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?
11Just go around the whole cycle and see if anyone has received such arms.
11तो बापदादा हर भुजा की विशेषता को देख रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā har|her bhujā kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō dēkh rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her bhujā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada (x[root]|x) arm (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
12So, BapDada was seeing the speciality of all the arms.
12सारे विश्व से चुनी हुई विशेष भुजायें हो , परमात्म सहयोगी भुजायें हो . sārē viśhva sē chunī huī viśhēṣh bhujāyē̃ hō , paramātma sahyōgī bhujāyē̃ hō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chunnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōgī[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . the whole world from choose[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] special arm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Supreme Soul co-operative arm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
13You are the special arms selected out of the whole world; you are the arms who co-operate with God.
13देखो आज इस हाल में भी कितने पहुंच गये हैं ! dēkhō āj is hall|hāl mē̃ bhī kitnē pahuñch gayē haĩ ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āj yah[pn.sg.o.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] today this (hall|x) in too so reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] !
14Look how many arms have arrived at this hall today!
14 ( आज हाल में 18 हजार से भी अधिक भाई बहिनें बैठे हैं ) सभी अपने को परमात्म भुजा हैं , यह अनुभव करते हो ? ( āj hall|hāl mē̃ 18 hajār sē bhī adhik bhāī bahinē̃ baiṭhē haĩ ) sabhī apnē kō paramātma bhujā haĩ , yah anubhav kartē hō ? ( āj hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 18 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] adhik bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhujā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? ( today (hall|x) in 18 1000 from too -est (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) all one’s own to Supreme Soul arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
15(Today, there are more than 18,000 brothers and sisters sitting in Shantivan Hall.) 16Do all of you experience yourselves to be God's arms?
15फखुर है ना ! phakhur hai nā ! fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 16बापदादा को खुशी है कि चारों ओर से नया वर्ष मनाने के लिए सभी पहुंच गये हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki chārō̃ ōr sē nayā varṣh manānē kē liē sabhī pahuñch gayē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] nayā varṣh[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sab[adv.hī] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that everywhere from New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] for all reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
17You have that intoxication, do you not? 18BapDada is pleased that all of you have arrived here from everywhere to celebrate the New Year.
17लेकिन नया वर्ष क्या याद दिलाता है ? lēkin nayā varṣh kyā yād dilātā hai ? lēkin nayā varṣh[x] kyā yād dilānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? but New Year what remind ?
19However, what does the New Year remind you of?
18नया युग , नया जन्म . nayā yug , nayā janm . nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] . new age , new (be born[root]|life) .
20The new age and the new birth.
19जितना ही अति पुराना लास्ट जन्म है उतना ही नया पहला जन्म कितना सुन्दर है ! jitnā hī ati purānā last janm hai utnā hī nayā pahlā janm kitnā sundar hai ! jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] ati purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sundar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! the more only x old last (be born[root]|life) be[pres.sg.23] x only new x (be born[root]|life) so x be[pres.sg.23] !
21To the extent that your last birth is extremely old, similarly, the new, first birth is so beautiful.
20यह श्याम और वह सुन्दर . yah śhyām aur vah sundar . yah[pn.sg.d.] śhyām[adj.] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] sundar[adj.] . this x and that x . 21इतना स्पष्ट जैसे आज के दिन पुराना वर्ष भी स्पष्ट है और नया वर्ष भी सामने स्पष्ट है . itnā spaṣhṭ jaisē āj kē|K din purānā varṣh bhī spaṣhṭ hai aur nayā varṣh bhī sāmnē spaṣhṭ hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur nayā varṣh[x] bhī[p.] sāmnē spaṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such clearly like today (of|K) day old year too clearly be[pres.sg.23] and New Year too x clearly be[pres.sg.23] . 22ऐसे अपना नया युग , नया जन्म स्पष्ट सामने आता है ? aisē apnā nayā yug , nayā janm spaṣhṭ sāmnē ātā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? such (one’s own|adopt[root]) new age , new (be born[root]|life) clearly x come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
22This one is shyam (ugly) and that one is sundar (beautiful). 23Just as today, the last day of the year, is clear and the New Year in front of you is also just as clear, so do the new age and the new birth appear in front of you just as clearly?
23आज लास्ट जन्म में हैं , कल फर्स्ट जन्म में होंगे . āj last janm mē̃ haĩ , kal first janm mē̃ hōṅgē . āj last janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kal first[adj.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . today last (be born[root]|life) in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x first (be born[root]|life) in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
24Today, you are in the last birth and tomorrow, you will be in the first birth.
24क्लीयर है ? clear hai ? clear hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x be[pres.sg.23] ?
25Is this clear?
25सामने आता है ? sāmnē ātā hai ? sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
26Does it appear in front of you?
26जो आदि बच्चे हैं उन्होंने ब्रह्मा बाप का अनुभव किया . jō ādi bachchē haĩ unhōnnē brahmā bāp kā anubhav kiyā . jō[pn.;d.] ādi[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.nē] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that etc. child be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] Brahma father of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
27Children at the beginning had experience of Father Brahma.
27ब्रह्मा बाप को जैसे अपना नया जन्म , नये जन्म का राजाई शरीर रूपी वस्त्र सदा सामने खूंटी पर लटका हुआ दिखाई देता था . brahmā bāp kō jaisē apnā nayā janm , nayē janm kā rājāī śharīr rūpī vastra sadā sāmnē khūṇṭī par laṭkā|laṭakā huā dikhāī dētā thā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūpī[adj.] vastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā sāmnē khū̃ṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] laṭkānā[root]|laṭaknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[hab-past.m.sg.] . Brahma father to like (one’s own|adopt[root]) new (be born[root]|life) , new (be born[root]|life) of kingdom body in the form of cloth constantly x hanger (at|other) (hold onto[root]|hang up[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] be visible .
28Father Brahma always used to see his costume of the royal body of the new birth hanging on a hanger in front of him.
28जो भी बच्चे मिलने जाते वह अनुभव करते , ब्रह्मा बाप का अनुभव रहा , आज बूढ़ा हूँ कल मिचनू सा बन जाऊंगा . jō bhī bachchē milnē jātē vah anubhav kartē , brahmā bāp kā anubhav rahā , āj būṛhā hū̃ kal michnū sā ban jāūṅgā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] , āj būṛhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] kal michnū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.1.root+jānā] . that too child receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , Brahma father of experience (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) , today old be[pres.sg.1] x x x become[fut.m.sg.1.root+jānā] .
29All the children who used to go to meet him would experience what Father Brahma's experience was: Today, I am an old man and tomorrow, I will become a small child.
29याद है ना ! yād hai nā ! yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
30Do you remember that?
30पुरानों को याद है ? purānō̃ kō yād hai ? purānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? old to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
31Do the old ones remember that?
31है भी आज और कल का खेल . hai bhī āj aur kal kā khēl . hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] āj aur kal kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] . be[pres.sg.23] too today and x of (play|play[root]) .
32It is just a game of today and tomorrow.
32इतना स्पष्ट भविष्य अनुभव हो . itnā spaṣhṭ bhaviṣhya anubhav hō . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such clearly future experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
33Your future should be experienced just as clearly.
33आज स्वराज्य अधिकारी हैं कल विश्व राज्य अधिकारी . āj svarājya adhikārī haĩ kal viśhva rājya adhikārī . āj svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kal viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] . today self-sovereign be[pres.pl.12hon3] x world master .
34Today, you are self- sovereigns and tomorrow, you will be the sovereigns of the world.
34है नशा ? hai naśhā ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ? be[pres.sg.23] intoxication ?
35Do you have that intoxication?
35देखो , आज बच्चे ताज पहनकर बैठे हैं . dēkhō , āj bachchē tāj pahankar baiṭhē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āj bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , today child crown x[abs.] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
36Look, today, children are sitting here wearing crowns.
36 ( रिट्रीट में आये हुए डबल विदेशी छोटे बच्चे ताज पहनकर बैठे हैं ) तो क्या नशा है ? ( retreat mē̃ āyē huē double vidēśhī chhōṭē bachchē tāj pahankar baiṭhē haĩ ) tō kyā naśhā hai ? ( retreat mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) tō kyā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? ( x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] double foreigner small child crown x[abs.] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) then what intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
37(Little double-foreign children have come for a retreat.) 38What intoxication do you have?
37ताज पहनने से क्या नशा है ? tāj pahannē sē kyā naśhā hai ? tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kyā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? crown x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from what intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
39What intoxication do you have when wearing a crown?
38यह फरिश्ते के नशे में हैं . yah phariśhtē kē|K naśhē mē̃ haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this angel (of|K) intoxication in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
40They have the intoxication of being angels.
39हाथ हिला रहे हैं , हम नशे में हैं . hāth hilā rahē haĩ , ham naśhē mē̃ haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . hand make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , we intoxication in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
41They are waving their hands showing that they are intoxicated.
40तो इस वर्ष क्या करेंगे ? tō is varṣh kyā karē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this year what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
42So, what will you do this year?
41नये वर्ष में नवीनता क्या करेंगे ? nayē varṣh mē̃ navīntā kyā karē̃gē ? nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? new year in newness what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
43What newness will you bring about in the New Year?
42कोई प्लैन बनाया है ? kōī plan banāyā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? some plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
44Have you made any plans?
43नवीनता क्या करेंगे ? navīntā kyā karē̃gē ? navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? newness what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
45What newness will you bring?
44प्रोग्राम तो करते रहते हैं , लाख का भी किया , दो लाख का भी किया , नवीनता क्या करेंगे ? programme tō kartē rahtē haĩ , lākh kā bhī kiyā , dō lākh kā bhī kiyā , navīntā kyā karē̃gē ? programme tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , lākh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lākh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? programme then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , 100,000 of too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) 100,000 of too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , newness what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
46You continue to have programmes. 47You have had programmes of 100,000 and even of 200,000, but what newness will you bring about?
45आजकल के लोग एक तरफ स्व प्राप्ति के लिए इच्छुक भी हैं , लेकिन हिम्मतहीन हैं . ājkal kē|K lōg ēk taraph sva prāpti kē liē ichchhuk bhī haĩ , lēkin himmathīn haĩ . ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K log[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk taraph[x] sva prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ichchhuk[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin himmat-hīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nowadays (of|K) people x x attainment for x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but without courage be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
48Nowadays, on the one hand, people want some attainment for themselves, but they lack courage.
46हिम्मत नहीं है . himmat nahī̃ hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage not be[pres.sg.23] .
49They don't have courage.
47सुनने चाहते भी हैं , लेकिन बनने की हिम्मत नहीं है . sunnē chāhtē bhī haĩ , lēkin bannē kī|key himmat nahī̃ hai . sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage not be[pres.sg.23] .
50They want to hear everything, but they don't have the courage to become that.
48ऐसी आत्माओं को परिवर्तन करने के लिए पहले तो आत्माओं को हिम्मत के पंख लगाओ . aisī ātmāō̃ kō parivartan karnē kē liē pahlē tō ātmāō̃ kō himmat kē|K paṅkh lagāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such soul to transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (firstly|x) then soul to courage (of|K) wing attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 49हिम्मत के पंख का आधार है अनुभव . himmat kē|K paṅkh kā ādhār hai anubhav . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] . courage (of|K) wing of basis be[pres.sg.23] experience .
51In order to transform such souls, first of all, put wings of courage on those souls The basis of the wings of courage is experience.
50अनुभव कराओ . anubhav karāō . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
52Give them an experience.
51अनुभव ऐसी चीज़ है , जरा सा अंचली मिलने के बाद अनुभव किया तो अनुभव के पंख कहो , या अनुभव के पांव कहो उससे हिम्मत में आगे बढ़ सकेंगे . anubhav aisī chīz hai , jarā sā añchalī milnē kē bād anubhav kiyā tō anubhav kē|K paṅkh kahō , yā anubhav kē|K pāṅw kahō ussē himmat mē̃ āgē baṛh sakē̃gē . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yā anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.sē] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . experience such thing be[pres.sg.23] , x x drop receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] after experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then experience (of|K) wing say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , or experience (of|K) foot say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.sē] courage in previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
53Experience is such that when they receive even a drop and experience something, then, whether you call it the wings of experience or the feet of experience, they will be able to move forward with courage through that.
52इसके लिए विशेष इस वर्ष निरन्तर अखण्ड महादानी बनना पड़े , अखण्ड . iskē liē viśhēṣh is varṣh nirantar akhaṇḍ mahādānī bannā paṛē , akhaṇḍ . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirantar[x] akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] bannā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) special this year x constant great donor become[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , constant .
54For this, especially this year, you have to become endless, constant great donors; endless.
53मन्सा द्वारा शक्ति स्वरूप बनाओ . mansā dvārā śhakti svarūp banāō . mansā dvārā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . through the mind through Shakti form create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
55Make them into the embodiments of power through your mind.
54महादानी बन मन्सा द्वारा , वायब्रेशन द्वारा निरन्तर शक्तियों का अनुभव कराओ . mahādānī ban mansā dvārā , vibration dvārā nirantar śhaktiyō̃ kā anubhav karāō . mahādānī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] mansā dvārā , vibration dvārā nirantar[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . great donor (x|become[root]) through the mind through , vibrations through x Shakti of experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
56Become a great donor and constantly give the experience of powers through your mind and your vibrations.
55वाचा द्वारा ज्ञान दान दो , कर्म द्वारा गुणों का दान दो . vāchā dvārā gyān dān dō , karma dvārā guṇō̃ kā dān dō . vāchā dvārā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x through knowledge donation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , deed through virtue of donation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
57Through your words, give the donation of knowledge. 58Through your deeds, donate virtues.
56सारा दिन चाहे मन्सा , चाहे वाचा , चाहे कर्म तीनों द्वारा अखण्ड महादानी बनो . sārā din chāhē mansā , chāhē vāchā , chāhē karma tīnō̃ dvārā akhaṇḍ mahādānī banō . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mansā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vāchā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīnō̃[adj.] dvārā akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the whole day (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) through the mind , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) deed all three through constant great donor become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
59Throughout the whole day, whether it is through your thoughts, words or deeds, in all three forms, become endless great donors.
57समय प्रमाण अभी दानी नहीं , कभी-कभी दान किया , नहीं , अखण्ड दानी क्योंकि आत्माओं को आवश्यकता है . samay pramāṇ abhī dānī nahī̃ , kabhī-kabhī dān kiyā , nahī̃ , akhaṇḍ dānī kyōṅki ātmāō̃ kō āvaśhyaktā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ ab[adv.hī] dānī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , kabhī[adv.] dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nahī̃[neg] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] dānī[adj.] kyōṅki ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . time (under) now donor not , ever donation do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , not , constant donor because soul to need be[pres.sg.23] .
60According to the time, you mustn't just become a donor who only donates sometimes. 61No! 62Become an endless donor because souls need this.
58तो महादानी बनने के लिए पहले अपना जमा का खाता चेक करो . tō mahādānī bannē kē liē pahlē apnā jamā kā khātā check karō . tō mahādānī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] jamā kā khātā[x] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then great donor become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (firstly|x) (one’s own|adopt[root]) saving account check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
63So, to become such great donors, first of all, check your account of accumulation.
59चार ही सबजेक्ट में जमा का खाता कितनी परसेन्ट में है ? chār hī subject mē̃ jamā kā khātā kitnī percent mē̃ hai ? chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? four only subject in saving account so % in be[pres.sg.23] ?
64In all four subjects, what percentage have I accumulated?
60अगर स्वयं में जमा का खाता नहीं होगा तो महादानी कैसे बनेंगे ! agar svayã mē̃ jamā kā khātā nahī̃ hōgā tō mahādānī kaisē banē̃gē ! agar svayã mē̃[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō mahādānī[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! if x in saving account not be[fut.m.sg.23] then great donor how become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
65If you haven't accumulated in your account, how would you become a great donor?
61और जमा के खाते को चेक करने की निशानी क्या है ? aur jamā kē|K khātē kō check karnē kī|key niśhānī kyā hai ? aur jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) to check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign what be[pres.sg.23] ?
66And, what is the sign of checking your account of accumulation?
62मन्सा , वाचा , कर्म द्वारा सेवा तो की लेकिन जमा की निशानी है - सेवा करते हुए पहले स्वयं की सन्तुष्टता . mansā , vāchā , karma dvārā sēvā tō kī|key lēkin jamā kī niśhānī hai - sēvā kartē huē pahlē svayã kī|key santuṣhṭatā . mansā , vāchā , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēkin jamā karnā[past-part.f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svayã karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] . through the mind , x , deed through service then (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) but accumulate sign be[pres.sg.23] - service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (firstly|x) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) contentment .
67You served through your thoughts, words and deeds, but the sign of accumulating is that whilst serving - first of all, there should be contentment with oneself.
63साथ-साथ जिन्हों की सेवा करते , उन आत्माओं में खुशी की सन्तुष्टता आई ? sāth-sāth jinhō̃ kī|key sēvā kartē , un ātmāō̃ mē̃ khuśhī kī|key santuṣhṭatā āī|eye|I ? sāth-sāth jō[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I ? x that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , that soul in happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) contentment (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) ?
68Together with that, did those souls whom you served have the contentment of happiness?
64अगर दोनों तरफ सन्तुष्टता नहीं तो समझो सेवा के खाते में आपकी सेवा का फल जमा नहीं हुआ . agar dōnō̃ taraph santuṣhṭatā nahī̃ tō samjhō sēvā kē|K khātē mē̃ āpkī sēvā kā phal jamā nahī̃ huā . agar dōnō̃ taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . if x direction contentment otherwise understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in you[.kī] service of fruit (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
69If there isn't contentment on both sides, then understand that the fruit of your service is not accumulated in your account of service.
65बापदादा कभी-कभी बच्चों के जमा का खाता देखते हैं . bāpdādā kabhī-kabhī bachchō̃ kē|K jamā kā khātā dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamā kā khātā[x] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ever child (of|K) saving account see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
70Sometimes, BapDada looks at the children's account of accumulation.
66तो कहाँ-कहाँ मेहनत ज्यादा है , लेकिन जमा का फल कम है . tō kahā̃-kahā̃ mēhnat jyādā hai , lēkin jamā kā phal cum|kam hai . tō kahā̃ mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then where effort more be[pres.sg.23] , but (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) of fruit (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
71In some cases, there is greater labour and less fruit of accumulation.
67कारण ? kāraṇ ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? because ?
72What is the reason?
68दोनों तरफ की सन्तुष्टता की कमी . dōnō̃ taraph kī|key santuṣhṭatā kī|key kamī . dōnō̃ taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . x direction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) contentment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x .
73There is a lack of contentment on both sides.
69अगर सन्तुष्टता का अनुभव नहीं किया , चाहे स्वयं , चाहे दूसरे तो जमा का खाता कम होता है . agar santuṣhṭatā kā anubhav nahī̃ kiyā , chāhē svayã , chāhē dūsrē tō jamā kā khātā kam hōtā hai . agar santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē svayã , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō jamā kā khātā[x] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if contentment of experience not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) other then saving account decrease .
74If there isn't the experience of contentment either by oneself or by others, then the account of accumulation is reduced.
70बापदादा ने जमा का खाता बहुत सहज बढ़ाने की गोल्डन चाबी बच्चों को दी है . bāpdādā nē jamā kā khātā bahut sahaj baṛhānē kī|key golden chābī bachchō̃ kō dī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] bahut sahaj[adj.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key golden chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada ∅ saving account very easy increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) golden key child to give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
75BapDada has given the golden key to you children to increase your account of accumulation easily.
71जानते हो वह चाबी क्या है ? jāntē hō vah chābī kyā hai ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? know[pres.pl.m.2] that key what be[pres.sg.23] ?
76Do you know what that key is?
72मिली तो है ना ! milī tō hai nā ! milnā[past-part.f.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! receive[past-part.f.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
77You have received it, have you not?
73सहज जमा का खाता भरपूर करने की गोल्डन चाबी है - कोई भी मन्सा-वाचा-कर्म , किसी में भी सेवा करने के समय एक तो अपने अन्दर निमित्त भाव की स्मृति . sahaj jamā kā khātā bharpūr karnē kī|key golden chābī hai - kōī bhī mansā-vāchā-karma , kisī mē̃ bhī sēvā karnē kē|K samay ēk tō apnē andar nimitt bhāv kī|key smr̥iti . sahaj[adj.] jamā kā khātā[x] bharpūr[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key golden chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - kōī bhī[x] mansā-vāchā-karmaṇā[adv.] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] . easy saving account full do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) golden key be[pres.sg.23] - anyone with your thoughts, words or actions , (anything|some) in too service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) time one then one’s own inside instrument consciousness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness .
78The golden key to make your account of accumulation overflow easily is that whenever you are serving through your thoughts, words or deeds, then first have the awareness of being an instrument.
74निमित्त भाव , निर्माण भाव , शुभ भाव , आत्मिक स्नेह का भाव , अगर इस भाव की स्थिति में स्थित होकर सेवा करते हो तो सहज आपके इस भाव से आत्माओं की भावना पूर्ण हो जाती है . nimitt bhāv , nirmāṇ bhāv , śhubh bhāv , ātmik snēh kā bhāv , agar is bhāv kī|key sthiti mē̃ sthit hōkar sēvā kartē hō tō sahaj āpkē is bhāv sē ātmāō̃ kī|key bhāvnā pūrṇ hō jātī hai . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhubh[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ātmik[adj.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , agar yah[pn.sg.o.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō sahaj[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] yah[pn.sg.o.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] pūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . instrument consciousness , creation consciousness , pure and positive consciousness , soul-conscious love of consciousness , if this consciousness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in stabilised be[abs.] service do[pres.pl.m.2] then easy you[.kē] this consciousness from soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
79To have the feeling of being an instrument, to have the feeling of humility, to have pure motives and the feeling of soul-conscious love....If you serve whilst stable in this stage, then, through these feelings, the desires of souls are automatically fulfilled.
75आज के लोग हर एक का भाव क्या है , वह नोट करते हैं . āj kē|K lōg har ēk kā bhāv kyā hai , vah note kartē haĩ . āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K log[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] note karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . today (of|K) people each one of consciousness what be[pres.sg.23] , that note do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
80People nowadays always note down what the motives of everyone are.
76क्या निमित्त भाव से कर रहे हैं , वा अभिमान के भाव से ! kyā nimitt bhāv sē kar rahē haĩ , vā abhimān kē|K bhāv sē ! kyā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vā abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ! what instrument consciousness from do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , or arrogance (of|K) consciousness from !
81Is that person doing something as an instrument or with the motive of arrogance?
77जहाँ निमित्त भाव है वहाँ निर्मान भाव ऑटोमेटिकली आ जाता है . jahā̃ nimitt bhāv hai vahā̃ nirmān bhāv automatically ā jātā hai . jahā̃ nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ nirmān[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] automatically ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . where there instrument consciousness be[pres.sg.23] there humble consciousness x come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
82Where there is the motive of being an instrument, there is automatically the feeling of humility.
78तो चेक करो - क्या जमा हुआ ? tō check karō - kyā jamā huā ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - kyā jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - what (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
83So check: What have I accumulated?
79कितना जमा हुआ ? kitnā jamā huā ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? so (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
84How much have I accumulated?
80क्योंकि इस समय संगमयुग ही जमा करने का युग है . kyōṅki is samay saṅgamyug hī jamā karnē kā yug hai . kyōṅki is samay[x] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because at this time confluence age only (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of age be[pres.sg.23] .
85Because it is only this time, the confluence age, that is the age for accumulating.
81फिर तो सारा कल्प जमा की प्रालब्ध है . phir tō sārā kalp jamā kī prālabdh hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[past-part.f.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) then the whole cycle accumulate reward be[pres.sg.23] .
86Then, the whole cycle is the reward for what you have accumulated.
82तो इस वर्ष क्या विशेष अटेन्शन देना है ? tō is varṣh kyā viśhēṣh attention dēnā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then this year what special attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
87So, this year, what special attention do you have to pay?
83अपने-अपने जमा का खाता चेक करो . apnē-apnē jamā kā khātā check karō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamā kā khātā[x] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own saving account check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
88Check your own account of accumulation.
84चेकर भी बनो , मेकर भी बनो क्योंकि समय की समीपता के नजारे देख रहे हो . checker bhī banō , maker bhī banō kyōṅki samay kī|key samīpatā kē|K najārē dēkh rahē hō . checker bhī[p.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , maker bhī[p.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . x too become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x too become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) closeness (of|K) scene see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
89Become a checker and also a maker because you are seeing the scenes of the closeness of time.
85और सभी ने बापदादा से वायदा किया है कि हम समान बनेंगे . aur sabhī nē bāpdādā sē vāydā kiyā hai ki ham samān banē̃gē . aur sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and all ∅ BapDada from promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that we equal become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
90And all of you have promised BapDada that you will become equal. 91Have you made this promise?
86वायदा किया है ना ? vāydā kiyā hai nā ? vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ? promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
92You have promised this, have you not?
87जिन्होंने वायदा किया है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jinhōnnē vāydā kiyā hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.pl.nē] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that raise your hands .
93Those who have promised this, raise your hands? 94Is this firm?
88किया है पक्का ? kiyā hai pakkā ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] firm ? 89कि परसेन्टेज में ? ki percentage mē̃ ? ki[conj.] percentage mē̃[postp.] ? that percentage in ?
95Or have you promised it only to a certain percentage?
90पक्का किया है ना ? pakkā kiyā hai nā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ? firm do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
96Have you made the promise firm?
91तो ब्रह्मा बाप समान खाता जमा चाहिए ना ! tō brahmā bāp samān khātā jamā chāhiē nā ! tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā ! then Brahma equal to the Father (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅ !
97So, you need to have an account of accumulation, equal to that of Father Brahma's, do you not?
92ब्रह्मा बाप के समान बनना है तो ब्रह्मा बाप का विशेष चरित्र क्या देखा ? brahmā bāp kē|K samān bannā hai tō brahmā bāp kā viśhēṣh charitra kyā dēkhā ? brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] charitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? Brahma father (of|K) equal become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then Brahma father of special character what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
98You have to become equal to Father Brahma. 99So, what special divine activities of Father Brahma did you see?
93आदि से लेकर अन्त तक हर बात में , मैं कहा या बाबा कहा ? ādi sē lēkar ant tak har|her bāt mē̃ , maĩ kahā yā bābā kahā ? ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak harnā[root]|har|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā bābā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? etc. from take[abs.] end until (x[root]|x) matter in , I say[past-part.m.sg.d.] or Baba say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
100From the beginning to the end, in every situation, did he say, "I" or "Baba"?
94मैं कर रहा हूँ , नहीं , बाबा करा रहा है . maĩ kar rahā hū̃ , nahī̃ , bābā karā rahā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.1] , nahī̃[neg] , bābā karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . I do[pres.sg.m.prog.1] , not , Baba make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
101Not, "I am doing this", but, "Baba is making me do it."
95किससे मिलने आये हो ? kissē milnē āyē hō ? kaun[pn.sg.sē] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? who[.sē] receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
102Whom have you come to meet?
96बाबा से मिलने आये हो . bābā sē milnē āyē hō . bābā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . Baba from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
103You have come to meet Baba.
97मैं पन का अभाव , अविद्या , यह देखा ना ! maĩ pan kā abhāv , avidyā , yah dēkhā nā ! maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , avidyā[n.f.;sg.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! I x of x , x , this see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ ! 98देखा ? dēkhā ? dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
104There was the lack of the feeling and knowledge of the consciousness of "I".
99हर मुरली में बाबा , बाबा कितना बार याद दिलाते हैं ? har|her murlī mē̃ bābā , bābā kitnā bār yād dilātē haĩ ? harnā[root]|har|her murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bābā , bābā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yād dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? (x[root]|x) flute in Baba , Baba so time remind ?
105You saw this, did you not? 106In every murli, how many times did he remind you of "Baba, Baba"?
100तो समान बनना , इसका अर्थ ही है पहले मैं पन का अभाव हो . tō samān bannā , iskā arth|earth hī hai pahlē maĩ pan kā abhāv hō . tō samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kā] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.kā] (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] (firstly|x) I x of x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
107So, you were told that to become equal means to first of all not have the slightest feeling of "I".
101पहले सुनाया है - कि ब्राह्मणों का मैं-पन भी बहुत रॉयल है . pahlē sunāyā hai - ki brāhmaṇō̃ kā maĩ-pan bhī bahut royal hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut royal hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (firstly|x) speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - that Brahmin of consciousness of “I” too very royal be[pres.sg.23] . 102याद है ना ? yād hai nā ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
108You have also been told earlier that the consciousness of "I" in Brahmins is very royal.
103सुनाया था ना ! sunāyā thā nā ! sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā ! speak[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ !
109Do you remember it?
104सब चाहते हैं कि बापदादा की प्रत्यक्षता हो . sab chāhtē haĩ ki bāpdādā kī|key pratyakṣhatā hō . sab[adj.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . all x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
110You were told about it, were you not?
105बापदादा की प्रत्यक्षता करें . bāpdādā kī|key pratyakṣhatā karē̃ . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
111Everyone wants there to be revelation of BapDada.
106प्लैन बहुत बनाते हो . plan bahut banātē hō . plan bahut banānā[pres.pl.m.2] . plan very create[pres.pl.m.2] .
112"Let us reveal BapDada."
107अच्छे प्लैन बनाते हो , बापदादा खुश है . achchhē plan banātē hō , bāpdādā khuśh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha plan create[pres.pl.m.2] , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
113You also made many plans. 114You make very good plans.
108लेकिन यह रॉयल रूप का मैं-पन प्लैन में , सफलता में कुछ परसेन्टेज कम कर देता है . lēkin yah royal rūp kā maĩ-pan plan mē̃ , saphaltā mē̃ kuchh percentage cum|kam kar dētā hai . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] plan mē̃[postp.] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh percentage cum|kam[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . but this royal Rup of consciousness of “I” plan in , success in anything percentage (x|less) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
115BapDada is pleased. 116However, this royal form of the consciousness of "I" in your plans reduces the success by a certain percentage.
109नेचुरल संकल्प में , बोल में , कर्म में , हर संकल्प में बाबा , बाबा स्मृति में हो . natural saṅkalp mē̃ , bōl mē̃ , karma mē̃ , har|her saṅkalp mē̃ bābā , bābā smr̥iti mē̃ hō . natural saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bābā , bābā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . natural thought in , (speak[root]|x) in , deed in , (x[root]|x) thought in Baba , Baba awareness in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
117In your every thought, word and deed, there should be the natural awareness of "Baba, Baba!"
110मैं-पन नहीं . maĩ-pan nahī̃ . maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . consciousness of “I” not .
118Not the consciousness of "I".
111बापदादा करावनहार करा रहा है . bāpdādā karāvanhār karā rahā hai . bāpdādā karāvanhār karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada karavanhar make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
119BapDada, Karavanhar is making me do it.
112जगत-अम्बा की यही विशेष धारणा रही . jagat-ambā kī|key yahī viśhēṣh dhārṇā rahī . jagadambā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] . Jagadamba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this special dharna remain[past-part.f.] .
120This was the special dharna of Jagadamba.
113जगत अम्बा का स्लोगन याद है , पुरानों को याद होगा . jagat ambā kā slōgan yād hai , purānō̃ kō yād hōgā . jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , purānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . world mother of slogan remembrance be[pres.sg.23] , old to remembrance be[fut.m.sg.23] .
121Do you remember the slogan of Jagadamba? 122The older ones would remember it.
114है याद ? hai yād ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] yād[n.f.;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] remembrance ?
123Do you remember it? 124Say it?
115बोलो , ( हुक्मी हुक्म चलाए रहा ) यह थी विशेष धारणा जगत अम्बा की . bōlō , ( hukmī hukm chalāē rahā ) yah thī viśhēṣh dhārṇā jagat ambā kī|key . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ( hukm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hukm[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalānā[opt.sg.23] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past.f] viśhēṣh[adj.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ( x x (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ) this be[past.f] special dharna world mother (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
125"Hukam hi hukam chala raha hai" (The One who is giving you orders is making you move.) 126This was the special dharna of Jagadamba.
116तो नम्बर लेना है , समान बनना है तो मैं पन खत्म हो जाए . tō number lēnā hai , samān bannā hai tō maĩ pan khatm hō jāē . tō number lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , samān[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then number take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , equal become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then I x finished be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
127So, if you want to claim a number and want to become equal, end the consciousness of "I".
117मुख से ऑटोमेटिक बाबा-बाबा शब्द निकले . mukh sē automatic bābā-bābā śhabda nikalē . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] automatic bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] . mouth from x Baba word (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) .
128Let only "Baba, Baba" automatically emerge through your lips.
118कर्म में , आपकी सूरत में बाप की मूरत दिखाई दे तब प्रत्यक्षता होगी . karma mē̃ , āpkī sūrat mē̃ bāp kī|key mūrat dikhāī dē tab pratyakṣhatā hōgī . karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.kī] sūrat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] tab pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . deed in , you[.kī] x in father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) image be visible for only then revelation be[fut.f.sg.23] .
129In your actions and on your face, let the Father's image be revealed and then revelation will take place.
119बापदादा यह रॉयल रूप के मैं-मैं के गीत बहुत सुनते हैं . bāpdādā yah royal rūp kē|K maĩ-maĩ kē|K gīt bahut suntē haĩ . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada this royal Rup (of|K) I (of|K) x very listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
130BapDada hears this song of the royal form of "I" a great deal.
120मैंने जो किया वही ठीक है , मैंने जो सोचा वही ठीक है , वही होना चाहिए , यह मैं पन धोखा दे देता है . mainnē jō kiyā vahī ṭhīk hai , mainnē jō sōchā vahī ṭhīk hai , vahī hōnā chāhiē , yah maĩ pan dhōkhā dē dētā hai . maĩ[pn.sg.nē] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vahī ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.nē] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vahī ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vahī hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . I[.nē] that do[past-part.m.sg.d.] this OK be[pres.sg.23] , I[.nē] that think[past-part.m.sg.d.] this OK be[pres.sg.23] , this (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) , this I x deception give[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
131"Whatever I did was fine. 132Whatever I thought was fine. 133That is what should happen." 134This consciousness of "I" deceives you.
121सोचो भले , कहो भले लेकिन निमित्त और निर्माण भाव से . sōchō bhalē , kahō bhalē lēkin nimitt aur nirmāṇ bhāv sē . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit , say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit but instrument and creation consciousness from .
135You may think about something, speak about it, but do it with the motive of a humble instrument.
122बापदादा ने पहले भी एक रूहानी ड्रिल सिखाई है , कौन सी ड्रिल ? bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī ēk rūhānī drill sikhāī hai , kaun see|sī|C drill ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] drill sikhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C drill ? BapDada ∅ (firstly|x) too one spiritual drill teach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , who (see|x) drill ?
136BapDada has already also taught you a spiritual drill earlier. 137What drill is that?
123अभी-अभी मालिक , अभी-अभी बालक . abhī-abhī mālik , abhī-abhī bālak . ab[adv.hī] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ab[adv.hī] bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] . now master , now x .
138One moment, be a master and the next moment, become a child.
124विचार देने में मालिक पन , मैजारिटी के फाइनल होने के बाद बालक पन . vichār dēnē mē̃ mālik pan , majority kē|K final hōnē kē bād bālak pan . vichār[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , majority kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K final hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in master x , majority (of|K) final be[inf.m.pl.,o.] after x x .
139Be a master in giving your ideas. 140Then, when it is finalized by the majority, become a child.
125यह मालिक और बालक … यह रूहानी ड्रिल बहुत-बहुत आवश्यक है . yah mālik aur bālak … yah rūhānī drill bahut-bahut āvaśhyak hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] … yah[pn.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] drill bahut āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this master and x … this spiritual drill very x be[pres.sg.23] .
141This spiritual drill of being a master and a child is most essential.
126सिर्फ बापदादा के तीन शब्द शिक्षा के याद रखो - सबको याद हैं ! sirph bāpdādā kē|K tīn śhabda śhikṣhā kē|K yād rakhō - sabkō yād haĩ ! sirph[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - sabkō yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! only BapDada (of|K) x word teachings (of|K) remember - everything remembrance be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
142Simply remember the three words of teachings from BapDada. 143Do all of you remember them?
127मन्सा में निराकारी , वाचा में निरंहकारी , कर्म में निर्विकारी . mansā mē̃ nirākārī , vāchā mē̃ niranhakārī , karma mē̃ nirvikārī . mansā mē̃[postp.] nirākār[adj.] , vāchā mē̃[postp.] nirahaṅkārī, nirahaṅkār[adj.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nirvikārī[adj.] . through the mind in incorporeal , x in egoless , deed in viceless .
144In your thoughts, be incorporeal. 145In your words, be egoless. 146In your actions, be viceless.
128जब भी संकल्प करते हो तो निराकारी स्थिति में स्थित होके संकल्प करो और सब भूल जाए लेकिन यह तीन शब्द नहीं भूलो . jab bhī saṅkalp kartē hō tō nirākārī sthiti mē̃ sthit hōkē saṅkalp karō aur sab bhūl jāē lēkin yah tīn śhabda nahī̃ bhūlō . jab bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[abs.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sab[adj.] bhūl jānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when too thought do[pres.pl.m.2] then incorporeal stage in stabilised be[abs.] thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and all x[opt.sg.23] but this x word not forget[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
147Whenever you have any thoughts, create those thoughts whilst stable in the incorporeal stage. 148Even if you forget everything else, don't forget these three words.
129यह साकार रूप की तीन शब्दों की शिक्षा सौगात है . yah sākār rūp kī|key tīn śhabdō̃ kī|key śhikṣhā saugāt hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this sakar Rup (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x word (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) teachings gift be[pres.sg.23] .
149These teachings of the three words are a gift from the sakar form.
130तो ब्रह्मा बाप से साकार रूप में भी प्यार रहा है . tō brahmā bāp sē sākār rūp mē̃ bhī pyār rahā hai . tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then Brahma father from sakar Rup in too love remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
150You had love for Father Brahma in the sakar form.
131अभी भी डबल फारेनर्स कई अनुभव सुनाते हैं कि ब्रह्मा बाप से बहुत प्यार है . abhī bhī double foreigners kaī anubhav sunātē haĩ ki brahmā bāp sē bahut pyār hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] double foreigner kaī anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now too double foreigner some experience speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Brahma father from very love be[pres.sg.23] .
151Even now, some double foreigners relate their experiences saying that they have a lot of love for Father Brahma.
132देखा नहीं है तो भी प्यार है . dēkhā nahī̃ hai tō bhī pyār hai . dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ love be[pres.sg.23] . 133है ? hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] ?
152Even though they haven't seen him, they still have love for him.
134हाँ डबल फारनेर्स ब्रह्मा बाप से प्यार ज्यादा है ना ? hā̃ double foreigners brahmā bāp sē pyār jyādā hai nā ? hā̃ double foreigner brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? yes double foreigner Brahma father from love more be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
153Double foreigners, do you have love for Father Brahma?
135है ना ? hai nā ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 136तो जिससे प्यार होता है ना उसकी सौगात बहुत सम्भाल के रखते हैं . tō jissē pyār hōtā hai nā uskī saugāt bahut sambhāl kē|K rakhtē haĩ . tō jō[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.kī] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] bahut sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that[.kī] gift very (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
154So, whomsoever you love, you keep a gift from that one very carefully.
137चाहे छोटी सी भी सौगात होगी ना , तो जिससे अति प्यार होता है उसकी सौगात को छिपाके रखते हैं , सम्भाल के रखते हैं . chāhē chhōṭī see|sī|C bhī saugāt hōgī nā , tō jissē ati pyār hōtā hai uskī saugāt kō chhipākē rakhtē haĩ , sambhāl kē|K rakhtē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bhī[p.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā , tō jō[pn.sg.sē] ati pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chhipānā[abs.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small (see|x) too gift be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ , then that[.sē] x love be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kī] gift to hide[abs.] keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (be careful[root]|x) (of|K) keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
155Even if it is only a small gift, when you have deep love for someone, you would keep a gift received from that one hidden away carefully.
138तो ब्रह्मा बाप से प्यार है तो इन तीन शब्दों की शिक्षा से प्यार . tō brahmā bāp sē pyār hai tō in tīn śhabdō̃ kī|key śhikṣhā sē pyār . tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō in|yah[pn.pl.o.] tīn[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Brahma father from love be[pres.sg.23] then (in|this) x word (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) teachings from love .
156Therefore, you do have love for Father Brahma, and so that means you have love for these three words of teachings.
139इसमें सम्पन्न बनना या समान बनना बहुत सहज हो जायेगा . ismē̃ sampann bannā yā samān bannā bahut sahaj hō jāyēgā . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this[.mē̃] full become[inf.m.sg.d.] or equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
157Through these, it will become very easy for you to become complete and equal.
140याद करो ब्रह्मा बाप ने क्या कहा ! yād karō brahmā bāp nē kyā kahā ! yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! remember Brahma father ∅ what say[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
158Remember what Father Brahma said.
141तो नये वर्ष में वाचा की सेवा भले करो , धूमधाम से करो लेकिन अनुभव कराने की सेवा सदा अटेन्शन में रखो . tō nayē varṣh mē̃ vāchā kī|key sēvā bhalē karō , dhūmdhām sē karō lēkin anubhav karānē kī|key sēvā sadā attention mē̃ rakhō . tō nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vāchā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sadā attention mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then new year in x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , a lot of pomp and joy from do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service constantly attention in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
159So, in the New Year, you may serve through words. 160Do that with a lot of splendour, but always pay attention to doing the service of giving an experience.
142सब अनुभव करें कि इस बहन द्वारा या भाई द्वारा हमें शक्ति का अनुभव हुआ , शान्ति का अनुभव हुआ , क्योंकि अनुभव कभी भूलता नहीं है . sab anubhav karē̃ ki is bahan dvārā yā bhāī dvārā hamē̃ śhakti kā anubhav huā , śhānti kā anubhav huā , kyōṅki anubhav kabhī bhūltā nahī̃ hai . sab[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] dvārā yā bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] dvārā ham[pn.pl.kō] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kyōṅki anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] that this x through or (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) through we[.kō] Shakti of experience be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , peace of experience be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , because experience ever forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
161Let everyone have an experience of receiving a lot of power through this brother or sister, or that they experience peace, because an experience is never forgotten.
143सुना हुआ भूल जाता है . sunā huā bhūl jātā hai . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres.sg.m.23] .
162Whatever you have heard can be forgotten.
144अच्छा लगता है लेकिन भूल जाता है . achchhā lagtā hai lēkin bhūl jātā hai . achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . enjoy but x[pres.sg.m.23] .
163You enjoy it, but it can be forgotten.
145अनुभव ऐसी चीज़ है जो खींच के उसको आपके नजदीक लायेगी . anubhav aisī chīz hai jō khīñch kē|K uskō āpkē najdīk lāyēgī . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vah[pn.sg.kō] āp[pn.pl.kē] nazdīk lānā[fut.f.sg.23] . experience such thing be[pres.sg.23] that pull[root] (of|K) that[.kō] you[.kē] x x[fut.f.sg.23] .
164An experience is such that they are pulled close to you.
146सम्पर्क वाला सम्बन्ध में आता रहेगा . samparka vālā sambandh mē̃ ātā rahēgā . sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . x those who relationship in come[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . 147क्योंकि सम्बन्ध के बिना वर्से के अधिकारी नहीं बन सकते हैं . kyōṅki sambandh kē|K binā varsē kē|K adhikārī nahī̃ ban saktē haĩ . kyōṅki sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . because relationship (of|K) without inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right not become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
165Those who are in contact with you will continue to come into relationship with you, because without relationship, they cannot claim a right to an inheritance.
148तो अनुभव सम्बन्ध में लाने वाला है . tō anubhav sambandh mē̃ lānē vālā hai . tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then experience relationship in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
166Therefore, experience will bring them into relationship.
149अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
167Achcha.
150समझा , क्या करेंगे ? samjhā , kyā karē̃gē ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] , kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) , what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
168Do you understand?
151चेक करो , चेकर भी बनो मेकर भी बनो . check karō , checker bhī banō maker bhī banō . check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , checker bhī[p.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maker bhī[p.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x too become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x too become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
169What will you now do? 170Become a checker and also a maker.
152अनुभव कराने के मेकर बनो , जमा के खाते चेक करने के चेकर बनो . anubhav karānē kē|K maker banō , jamā kē|K khātē check karnē kē|K checker banō . anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K maker bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K checker bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
171Become a maker who gives an experience. 172Become a checker of your account of accumulation.
153अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
173Achcha.
154सब पहुंच गये हो तो बापदादा सभी को दिल की दुआओं सहित पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . sab pahuñch gayē hō tō bāpdādā sabhī kō dil kī|key duāō̃ sahit padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . sab[adj.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sahit padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then BapDada all to heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing including multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
174All of you have arrived here and so BapDada is giving all of you multimillionfold congratulations together with blessings from the heart.
155देखो पटरानी , पटराने बन गये हो ना ? dēkhō paṭrānī , paṭarānē ban gayē hō nā ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , x bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x , x become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ ?
175Look, you have all become queens and kings of the floor.
156कुर्सी राना नहीं कहा जाता है , पटरानी कहा जाता है . kursī rānā nahī̃ kahā jātā hai , paṭrānī kahā jātā hai . kursī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] , paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . chair x not (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) , x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
176(Those sitting on the floor.) 177It is not said "kings of the chair", it is said "kings of the floor".
157आज सारी सभा मैजारटी पटरानी , पटराने बन गये हैं . āj sārī sabhā majority paṭrānī , paṭarānē ban gayē haĩ . āj sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] majority paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , x bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . today the whole court majority x , x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
178Today, the majority of the gathering have become queens and kings of the floor.
158बैठ-बैठकर थक तो नहीं गये हैं . baiṭh-baiṭhakar thak tō nahī̃ gayē haĩ . x thaknā, phathaknā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x become desperate[root] then not go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
179You haven't become tired sitting on the floor, have you?
159कुर्सा पर बैठने वालों को पट मिल गया है , तो थकावट तो नहीं , दर्द तो नहीं हो रहा है ? kursā par baiṭhnē vālō̃ kō paṭ mil gayā hai , tō thakāvaṭ tō nahī̃ , dard tō nahī̃ hō rahā hai ? x par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] paṭ[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , tō thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] , dard[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? x (at|other) sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , then tiredness then not , pain then not be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
180Those who had chairs now have to sit on the floor. 181So you are not tired, are you? 182You don't feel any pain, do you?
160खुशी में सब भूल जाता है . khuśhī mē̃ sab bhūl jātā hai . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . happiness in all x[pres.sg.m.23] .
183In happiness, everything is forgotten.
161अच्छा - आज समाचार में सुनाया है कि एक तो बच्चों का ग्रुप आया है . achchhā - āj samāchār mē̃ sunāyā hai ki ēk tō bachchō̃ kā group āyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - āj samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha - today news in speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that one then child of group come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
184Achcha, today, Baba was given the news that one group is of children.
162बच्चे सब उठो . bachchē sab uṭhō . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sab[adj.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . child all wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
185All you children, stand up!
163सभी को इन्हों का ताज दिखाई दे रहा है ? sabhī kō inhō̃ kā tāj dikhāī dē rahā hai ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? all to this of crown be visible ?
186Is everyone able to see their crowns?
164तो ताजधारी बच्चे हैं . tō tājdhārī bachchē haĩ . tō tājdhārī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then crowned child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
187They are the crowned children.
165देखो , झण्डियां लहरा रहे हैं . dēkhō , jhaṇḍiyā̃ laharā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] laharānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , flag hoist[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
188Look, they are waving their flags.
166अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
189Achcha.
167बच्चों को देख करके खुशी होती है ना ! bachchō̃ kō dēkh karkē khuśhī hōtī hai nā ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! child to see[root] do[abs.] happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
190Seeing the children, there is happiness, is there not?
168और सुना कि बच्चों ने भी रिट्रीट की है . aur sunā ki bachchō̃ nē bhī retreat kī hai . aur sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] retreat karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . and (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) that child ∅ too x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
191Baba heard that the children also had a retreat.
169अच्छा कितने बच्चे हैं ? achchhā kitnē bachchē haĩ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? achcha so child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
192How many children are there?
170 ( रिट्रीट के लिए 11 देशों से 26 बच्चे आये हुए हैं ) तो जो रिट्रीट की वह अपने-अपने देश में जाके औरों को भी रिट्रीट करायेंगे ? ( retreat kē liē 11 dēśhō̃ sē 26 bachchē āyē huē haĩ ) tō jō retreat kī|key vah apnē-apnē dēśh mē̃ jākē aurō̃ kō bhī retreat karāyēṅgē ? ( retreat kē liē[x] 11 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] 26 bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) tō jō[pn.;d.] retreat karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[abs.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] retreat karānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( x for 11 land from 26 child (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) then that x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that one’s own land in go[abs.] others to too x make commit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
193(26 children came from 11 countries for the retreat.) 194It is good, but now, those of you who had the retreat, when you go back to your countries, will you conduct a retreat for others in your own countries?
171हाँ जी की झण्डी हिलाते हैं . hā̃ jī kī|key jhaṇḍī hilātē haĩ . hā̃ jī[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jhaṇḍī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . yes (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) flag make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
195You are waving the flag, saying Ha ji.
172भूल नहीं जाना . bhūl nahī̃ jānā . bhūl[n.f.;sg.]|bhūlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (mistake|forget[root]) not (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
196Don't forget this.
173ऐसा एक्जाम्पुल बनना जो सभी कहें वाह बच्चे वाह ! aisā ēkjāmpul bannā jō sabhī kahē̃ vāh bachchē vāh ! aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! such x become[inf.m.sg.d.] that all say[opt.pl.12hon3] wah! child wah! !
197Become such samples that everyone says, "Wah children! 198Wah!"
174सभी देशों से रिजल्ट आयेगी ना . sabhī dēśhō̃ sē result āyēgī nā . sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] result ānā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . all land from result come[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .
199The result will be given from all these countries.
175जो पाठ पढ़ा वह कर्म तक लाना . jō pāṭh paṛhā vah karma tak lānā . jō[pn.;d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|paṛhānā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that lesson (study[past-part.m.sg.d.]|teach[root]) that deed until x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
200Put into practice the lesson you have learnt.
176सिर्फ कान तक नहीं , कर्म तक . sirph kān tak nahī̃ , karma tak . sirph[adj.] kān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak nahī̃[neg] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak . only ear until not , deed until . 177अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
201Do not let it just be for your ears, but also in your actions.
178बच्चों को जैसा संग मिलता है वैसा रंग लगता है . bachchō̃ kō jaisā saṅg miltā hai vaisā raṅg lagtā hai . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . child to like company receive[pres.sg.m.23] x (colour|x[root]) x[pres.sg.m.23] .
202It is good. 203Children are coloured according to the company they keep.
179तो बच्चों को देखकर बापदादा खुश होते हैं . tō bachchō̃ kō dēkhkar bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ . tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then child to see[abs.] BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
204So, BapDada is pleased to see you children.
180खास मुबारक देते हैं . khās mubārak dētē haĩ . khās mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
205He is giving special congratulations.
181पहले तो ताज की मुबा-रक हो . pahlē tō tāj kī|key mubā-rak hō . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (firstly|x) then crown (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 182सजधज के आये हैं . sajadhaj kē|K āyē haĩ . x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x (of|K) come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
206First of all, congratulations for the crown, because you have come here fully decorated.
183देखो आप बैठे यहाँ हो लेकिन सभी देश वाले आपको देख रहे हैं . dēkhō āp baiṭhē yahā̃ hō lēkin sabhī dēśh vālē āpkō dēkh rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yahā̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you (sit[opt.sg.23]|sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) here (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but all land those who you[.kō] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
207Look, you are sitting here, but those of all the countries are watching you.
184अमेरिका भी देख रही है , लण्डन भी देख रहा है , आस्ट्रेलिया भी देख रहा है , सब आपको देख रहे हैं . America bhī dēkh rahī hai , london bhī dēkh rahā hai , Australia bhī dēkh rahā hai , sab āpkō dēkh rahē haĩ . America bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , London bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , Australia bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , sab[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . America too see[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , x too see[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , Australia too see[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , all you[.kō] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
208Those in America, London and Australia are also seeing you. 209Everyone is seeing you.
185कितने भाग्यवान हो ! kitnē bhāgyavān hō ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgyavān[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! so fortunate (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
210You are so fortunate.
186दूसरा ग्रुप है - यूथ ग्रुप . dūsrā group hai - youth group . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] - youth group . other group be[pres.sg.23] - youth group .
211The second group is the Youth Group.
187डबल फारेनर्स यह अच्छा करते हैं , ग्रुप ग्रुप की रिट्रीट कर लेते हैं . double foreigners yah achchhā kartē haĩ , group group kī|key retreat kar lētē haĩ . double foreigner yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , group group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key retreat karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . double foreigner this achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , group group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
212Double foreigners do this very well. 213They have retreats of different groups. 214They take double benefit.
188डबल फायदा उठाते हैं . double phāydā uṭhātē haĩ . double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double profit uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
215They meet BapDada and they also have a retreat.
189बापदादा से भी मिलते हैं और साथ-साथ रिट्रीट भी करते हैं . bāpdādā sē bhī miltē haĩ aur sāth-sāth retreat bhī kartē haĩ . bāpdādā sē[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sāth-sāth retreat bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada from too receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
216(160 youths have come from 26 countries). 217How many would there be if you doubled 26?
190 ( 26 देशों से 160 यूथ आये हैं ) आपको तो बहुत कुछ सेवा में दिखाना है . ( 26 dēśhō̃ sē 160 youth āyē haĩ ) āpkō tō bahut kuchh sēvā mē̃ dikhānā hai . ( 26 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] 160 youth ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) āp[pn.pl.kō] tō bahut kuchh sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . ( 26 land from 160 youth come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) you[.kō] then very anything service in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
218You have to demonstrate a lot in service. 219You have made an international youth group.
191इन्टरनेशनल यूथ ग्रुप बनाया है . international youth group banāyā hai . international youth group banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . international youth group create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
220This is the international group, is it not?
192इसमें इन्टरनेशनल है ना ! ismē̃ international hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.mē̃] international hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! this[.mē̃] international be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
221OK, are these their teachers?
193अच्छा यह तीन टीचर मिली हैं , त्रिमूर्ति . achchhā yah tīn teacher milī haĩ , trimūrti . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] teacher milnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] . achcha this x teacher receive[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , Trimurti .
222They are also teachers? 223They have got three teachers: Trimurti.
194अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
224It is good.
195बापदादा ने समाचार सुना था और रिजल्ट भी यूथ ग्रुप की सुनी . bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā thā aur result bhī youth group kī|key sunī . bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-perf.m.sg.] aur result bhī[p.] youth group karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sunnā[past-part.f.] . BapDada ∅ news listen[past-perf.m.sg.] and result too youth group (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) listen[past-part.f.] .
225BapDada heard the news and also the result of the Youth Group.
196बापदादा को एक बात बहुत अच्छी लगी , जो सभी के लिए बहुत अच्छी है . bāpdādā kō ēk bāt bahut achchhī lagī , jō sabhī kē liē bahut achchhī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[past-part.f.] , jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] kē liē[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to one matter very achcha x[past-part.f.] , that all for very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
226BapDada liked one thing very much which is very good for everyone.
197यूथ ग्रुप ने लक्ष्य रखा है कि हम सोल कान्सेसनेस , आत्म-अभिमानी ज्यादा में ज्यादा रहेंगे . youth group nē lakṣhya rakhā hai ki ham soul kānsēsanēs , ātma-abhimānī jyādā mē̃ jyādā rahē̃gē . youth group nē[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] soul x , ātma-abhimānī[adj.] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . youth group ∅ aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that we soul x , soul conscious at the most remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
227The Youth Group has kept the aim of remaining soul conscious to the maximum extent.
198आत्मा का पाठ पक्का किया है . ātmā kā pāṭh pakkā kiyā hai . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . soul of lesson firm do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
228Have you made this lesson of the soul firm?
199किया है पक्का ? kiyā hai pakkā ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] firm ?
229Have you made it firm?
200हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
230Wave your hands.
201मधुबन तक रहेगा या वहाँ भी रहेगा ? madhuban tak rahēgā yā vahā̃ bhī rahēgā ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā vahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? Madhuban until remain[fut.m.sg.23] or there too remain[fut.m.sg.23] ? 202बच्ची ने सुनाया तो बापदादा ने पहले-पहले छोटे बच्चों की बो \ डग में भी आत्मा का पाठ पक्का कराया था , इन्होंने भी लक्ष्य रखा है कि बाडीकान्सेस नहीं होंगे , सोलकान्सेसनेस में रहेंगे . bachchī nē sunāyā tō bāpdādā nē pahlē-pahlē chhōṭē bachchō̃ kī|key bō \ ḍag mē̃ bhī ātmā kā pāṭh pakkā karāyā thā , inhōnnē bhī lakṣhya rakhā hai ki body conscious nahī̃ hōṅgē , sōlakānsēsanēs mē̃ rahē̃gē . bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bōnā[root] \ x mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[past-perf.m.sg.] , yah[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] body conscious nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . girl ∅ speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] then BapDada ∅ (firstly|x) small child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sow[root] \ x in too soul of lesson firm make commit[past-perf.m.sg.] , this[.nē] too aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that body conscious not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
231Will it remain just whilst you are in Madhuban, or will it remain there too? 232A child said that, in the early days, BapDada had made the little children in the boarding school make the lesson of the soul firm. 233They too have kept the aim of not becoming body conscious, but of remaining soul conscious.
203पक्का है ना ? pakkā hai nā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
234Is this firm?
204तो कैसे पता पड़ेगा कि पक्का है या कच्चा है ? tō kaisē patā paṛēgā ki pakkā hai yā kachchā hai ? tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kachchā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then how knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23] that firm be[pres.sg.23] or weak be[pres.sg.23] ?
235So, how will you be able to tell if it is firm or not?
205टीचर्स रिपोर्ट लिखेंगे ? teachers report likhē̃gē ? teacher report likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? teacher report write[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
236Will the teachers send a report?
206हर मास की चारों ओर की रिपोर्ट अपने पास मंगाओ और फिर वह रिपोर्ट मधुबन में भेजो . har|her mās kī|key chārō̃ ōr kī|key report apnē pās|pass maṅgāō aur phir vah report madhuban mē̃ bhējō . harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chārō̃ ōr[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key report apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass maṅgānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.d.] report madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[root]|x) (month|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) everywhere (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) report one’s own (x|pass) ask to bring[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (turn[root]|then) that report Madhuban in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
237Ask for a report to be sent to you from everywhere every month, and then send that report to Madhuban.
207दादी दीदी के नाम से नहीं भेजना , उन्हों को काम बहुत होता है . dādī dīdī kē|K nām sē nahī̃ bhējnā , unhō̃ kō kām bahut hōtā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Dadi didi (of|K) name from not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , that to (lust|task) very be[pres.sg.m.23] .
238Don't address it to Dadi or Didi; they have a lot of work to do.
208आफिस में भेजना . office mē̃ bhējnā . office mē̃[postp.] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . office in x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
239Send it to the office.
209और जब भी कोई समाचार का लेटर भेजते हो तो उसमें ऊपर से लिखो - इस डिपार्टमेंट के लिए यह समाचार है . aur jab bhī kōī samāchār kā lēṭar bhējtē hō tō usmē̃ ūpar sē likhō - is department kē liē yah samāchār hai . aur jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhējnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ūpar sē[postp.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - yah[pn.sg.o.] department kē liē[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and when too some news of x x[pres.pl.m.2] then that[.mē̃] over from write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - this x for this news be[pres.sg.23] .
240And whenever you send any letter with news, then write at the top that that letter is news for that department: Youth Result.
210यूथ रिजल्ट . youth result . youth result . youth result . 211तो पता पड़ेगा कि कहाँ तक प्रैक्टिकल में लाया है . tō patā paṛēgā ki kahā̃ tak practical mē̃ lāyā hai . tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] kahā̃ tak[x] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then knowledge fall[fut.m.sg.23] that to what extent practical in x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
241Then it will be known to what extent you have put it into practical form.
212आप लोग करेंगे तो सभी को उमंग आयेगा , उत्साह बढ़ेगा . āp lōg karē̃gē tō sabhī kō umaṅg āyēgā , utsāh baṛhēgā . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . you people do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then all to zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] , enthusiasm grow[fut.m.sg.23] .
242When you do this, everyone will have zeal and their enthusiasm will increase.
213अच्छी टॉपिक रखी है . achchhī topic rakhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] topic rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha topic keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
243You have kept good topics.
214कुछ भी हो जाए बाडीकान्सेस में नहीं आना . kuchh bhī hō jāē body conscious mē̃ nahī̃ ānā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] body conscious mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] body conscious in not (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
244No matter what happens, do not become body conscious.
215बापदादा को पसन्द आया . bāpdādā kō pasand āyā . bāpdādā kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada to love come[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
245BapDada liked that.
216रिपोर्ट अच्छी है . report achchhī hai . report achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . report achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
246The report is good.
217अभी ऐसे ही अपना संगठन अपने-अपने देश में बढ़ाओ . abhī aisē hī apnā saṅgaṭhan apnē-apnē dēśh mē̃ baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] saṅgaṭhan[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now such only (one’s own|adopt[root]) gathering one’s own land in increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
247Now, increase such gatherings in your own countries.
218उन्हों को भी उमंग-उत्साह मे लाओ . unhō̃ kō bhī umaṅg-utsāh mē lāō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃ lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that to too zeal and enthusiasm in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248Bring about zeal and enthusiasm in them too.
219अगर यूथ आत्म-अभिमानी स्टेज में पक्के पास हो गये तो गवर्मेन्ट भी इनाम देगी , यह प्रेजीडेंट जो है ना , वह इनाम देगा . agar youth ātma-abhimānī stage mē̃ pakkē pās|pass hō gayē tō government bhī inām dēgī , yah president jō hai nā , vah inām dēgā . agar youth ātma-abhimānī[adj.] stage mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō government bhī[p.] inām[x] dēnā[fut.f.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] president jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if youth soul conscious stage in firm (x|pass) be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then government too prize give[fut.f.sg.23] , this president that be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that prize give[fut.m.sg.23] .
249If the Youth pass in the stage of being soul conscious, then even the Government will give them a prize. 250This President will give them a prize.
220वह अच्छा है , जानता है . vah achchhā hai , jāntā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that achcha be[pres.sg.23] , know[pres.sg.m.23] .
251He is good. 252He knows you.
221आपको इनाम की कोई आवश्यकता नहीं है लेकिन इससे सेवा होती है . āpkō inām kī|key kōī āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai lēkin issē sēvā hōtī hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] inām[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī[pn.;d.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.sē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . you[.kō] prize (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) some need not be[pres.sg.23] but this[.sē] service be[pres.sg.f.23] .
253You don't really need a prize, but service takes place through that.
222टी . वी . में , रेडियो में आवाज फैलता है ना . T . we|V . mē̃ , radio mē̃ āvāj phailtā hai nā . T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] , radio mē̃[postp.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . x . (x) . in , x in noise spread[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
254The sound is spread through the TV and radio.
223ब्रह्माकुमार और ब्रह्माकुमारियां यह प्रतिज्ञा करके प्रैक्टिकल में चल रहे हैं . brahmākumār aur brahmākumāriyā̃ yah pratigyā karkē practical mē̃ chal rahē haĩ . brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] practical mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Brahma Kumar and Brahma Kumari this x do[abs.] practical in continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
255Brahma Kumars and Kumaris have made this promise and are fulfilling that in practice.
224करेंगे ना , ऐसा शो करेंगे ? karē̃gē nā , aisā show karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] show karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , such show do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
256You will reveal yourselves in this way, will you not?
225करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
257Will you?
226अच्छा - चलो , बड़े तो बड़े हैं यूथ नम्बरवन हो जायें . achchhā - chalō , baṛē tō baṛē haĩ youth number one hō jāyē̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] youth number one hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . achcha - continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] youth number one be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
258Achcha. 259The older ones are older, but the Youth should become number one.
227बापदादा बहुत-बहुत इनएडवांस हर एक यूथ को दुआयें दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā bahut-bahut in advance har ēk youth kō duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā bahut in advance har ēk[x] youth kō[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada very in advance each one youth to blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
260BapDada is giving many, many blessings in advance to each of the youths.
228तो बाप की दुआयें सदा साथ रखना . tō bāp kī|key duāyē̃ sadā sāth rakhnā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing constantly with keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
261So, always keep the blessings of the Father with you.
229अच्छा है डबल फायदा लेते हैं , यह बहुत अच्छा है . achchhā hai double phāydā lētē haĩ , yah bahut achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] double profit take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
262It is good. 263It is very good that you take double benefit.
230सेवा का टर्न गुजरात का है : गुजरात की सभी टीचर्स खड़ी हो जाओ . sēvā kā turn gujarāt kā hai : gujarāt kī|key sabhī teachers khaṛī hō jāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : gujarāt karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adv.hī] teacher khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . service of you Gujarat of be[pres.sg.23] : Gujarat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all teacher standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
264It is the turn of Gujarat to serve: All the teachers of Gujarat, stand up!
231टीचर्स ही बहुत हैं . teachers hī bahut haĩ . teacher hī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher only very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
265There are many teachers.
232टीचर्स की संख्या सबसे ज्यादा नम्बर-वन कौन सा जोन है ? teachers kī|key saṅkhyā sabsē jyādā number-one kaun sā zone hai ? teacher karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number one kaun sā[x] zone hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? teacher (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x the most more number one which zone be[pres.sg.23] ?
266Which zone has the maximum number of teachers? 267(Maharashtra.
233 ( पहला महाराष्ट्र , सेकण्ड नम्बर गुजरात है ) फर्स्ट नम्बर महाराष्ट्र है ! ( pahlā mahārāṣhṭra , second number gujarāt hai ) first number mahārāṣhṭra hai ! ( pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] , second number[x] gujarāt hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) first[adj.] number mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! ( x Maharashtra , x Gujarat be[pres.sg.23] ) first number Maharashtra be[pres.sg.23] !
268Gujarat is second.) 269The first number is in Maharashtra. 270Others are also included in Maharashtra.
234महाराष्ट्र में दूसरे भी हैं ना , आन्ध्र प्रदेश भी है . mahārāṣhṭra mē̃ dūsrē bhī haĩ nā , āndhra pradēśh bhī hai . mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Maharashtra in other too be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , Andhra x too be[pres.sg.23] .
271Andhra Pradesh is also included in that. 272Andhra Pradesh is not small.
235आन्ध्रप्रदेश छोटा नहीं है , काफी बड़ा है तो दोनों मिलाके नम्बरवन हैं और आप एक ही गुजरात के हो . āndhrapradēś chhōṭā nahī̃ hai , kāphī baṛā hai tō dōnō̃ milākē number one haĩ aur āp ēk hī gujarāt kē|K hō . x chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kāphī[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dōnō̃ milānā[abs.] number one hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x small not be[pres.sg.23] , enough very be[pres.sg.23] then x x[abs.] number one be[pres.pl.12hon3] and you one only Gujarat (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 236मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
273It is big enough, but both together make it number one, whereas you are just Gujarat. 274Congratulations. 275Service has been free from obstacles, has it not?
237इतनी निर्विघ्न सेवा है ना ! itnī nirvighna sēvā hai nā ! itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nirvighna[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! such free from obstacles service be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 238जितनी टीचर्स हैं , जितने सेवा में नम्बरवन हो , वन हो गया ना . jitnī teachers haĩ , jitnē sēvā mē̃ number one hō , one hō gayā nā . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , one hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . the more teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] , the more service in number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , one be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
276To the extent that you have so many teachers, and to the extent that you are number one in service, so, you become number one, do you not?
239इतना ही निर्विघ्न में भी नम्बरवन . itnā hī nirvighna mē̃ bhī number one . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] number one . such only free from obstacles in too number one .
277Become number one in being free from obstacles.
240इस वर्ष सेवा का गोल्डन चांस मिला है , आपकी सेवा में नया वर्ष शुरू हो जायेगा . is varṣh sēvā kā golden chance milā hai , āpkī sēvā mē̃ nayā varṣh śhurū hō jāyēgā . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] golden chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nayā varṣh[x] śhurū hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this year service of golden chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , you[.kī] service in New Year x .
278This year, you have received the golden chance for service. 279So, now the New Year will begin with your service.
241तो यह नवीनता करके गुजरात दिखाना . tō yah navīntā karkē gujarāt dikhānā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] gujarāt dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this newness do[abs.] Gujarat x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
280So, Gujarat, you can show this newness.
242पूरा साल सारा गुजरात निर्विघ्न , नम्बरवन . pūrā sāl sārā gujarāt nirvighna , number one . pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gujarāt nirvighna[adj.] , number one . full year the whole Gujarat free from obstacles , number one .
281For the whole year, Gujarat has to become number one in being free from obstacles.
243हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
282Is this possible?
244तो बापदादा सभी जोन को आपका एक्जैम्पुल देंगे . tō bāpdādā sabhī zone kō āpkā example dēgē . tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] zone kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] example dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada all zone to you[.kā] example give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 245बड़ा भी है और निर्विघ्न भी है . baṛā bhī hai aur nirvighna bhī hai . baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur nirvighna[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very too be[pres.sg.23] and free from obstacles too be[pres.sg.23] .
283Then BapDada will give all the zones your example - that it is big and it is also free from obstacles.
246दोनों में नम्बरवन . dōnō̃ mē̃ number one . dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] number one . x in number one .
284Number one in both.
247ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
285Is this OK?
248सभी टीचर्स ने हाथ उठाया ? sabhī teachers nē hāth uṭhāyā ? sab[adv.hī] teacher nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? all teacher ∅ raise your hands ?
286Did all you teachers raise your hands?
249फिर से उठाओ . phir sē uṭhāō . phir sē[x] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . again uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
287Raise them again!
250सिर्फ हाथ नहीं उठाना , मन को उड़ाना . sirph hāth nahī̃ uṭhānā , man kō uṛānā . sirph[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] uṛānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only hand not uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] , mind to x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
288Don't just raise your hands, but also make your mind fly.
251हाथ मन सहित है ना ! hāth man sahit hai nā ! hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahit hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! hand mind including be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
289The hand is with the mind.
252ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
290Is this OK?
253फिर तो मुबारक है . phir tō mubārak hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
291Then, congratulations.
254इनएडवांस मुबारक और दुआयें हैं . in advance mubārak aur duāyē̃ haĩ . in advance mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . in advance congratulations and blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
292In advance, congratulations and blessings.
255दादियों की भी दुआयें हैं . dādiyō̃ kī|key bhī duāyē̃ haĩ . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
293Even the Dadis are giving you blessings.
256देखो जनक बच्ची भी दुआयें दे रही है , बेड पर बैठकर भी दुआयें दे रही है . dēkhō janak bachchī bhī duāyē̃ dē rahī hai , bed par baiṭhkar bhī duāyē̃ dē rahī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , bed par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Janak girl too blessing give[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , x (at|other) sit[abs.] too blessing give[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
294Look, even child Janak is giving you blessings whilst sitting in her bed.
257कमाल दिखाना . kamāl dikhānā . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
295So, now show wonders.
258कोई भी बात हो समा देना . kōī bhī bāt hō samā dēnā . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] samānā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anyone matter (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) merge[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 259अन्दर मन में बापदादा को दे करके समा देना . andar man mē̃ bāpdādā kō dē karkē samā dēnā . andar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[abs.] samānā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . inside mind in BapDada to (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) do[abs.] merge[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
296If anything happens, then merge that in your inner mind by giving it to BapDada.
260एक - सहनशक्ति , दूसरी - समाने की शक्ति , अगर यह दोनों विशेष शक्तियां आपमें हैं तो पास विद आनर हो जायेंगी . ēk - sahanśhakti , dūsrī - samānē kī|key śhakti , agar yah dōnō̃ viśhēṣh śhaktiyā̃ āpmē̃ haĩ tō pass with honour hō jāyēṅgī . ēk[adj.] - sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] - samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , agar yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ viśhēṣh[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.mē̃] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō pass with honour[x] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . one - x , other - merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti , if this x special Shakti you[.mē̃] be[pres.pl.12hon3] then pass with honours be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
297First, with the power to tolerate and then with the power to accommodate. 298If you have both these special powers in you, you will pass with honours.
261इसको इमर्ज रखना . iskō emerge rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.kō] emerge rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] emerge keep[inf.m.sg.d.] . 262सहनशक्ति को भी और समाने की शक्ति को भी . sahanśhakti kō bhī aur samānē kī|key śhakti kō bhī . sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] . x to too and merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti to too .
299Keep these in an emerged form: the power to tolerate and the power to accommodate.
263ऐसे नहीं समाना जो बीमार हो जाओ , ऐसे नहीं . aisē nahī̃ samānā jō bīmār hō jāō , aisē nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bīmār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , aisē nahī̃[x] . it isn't that merge[inf.m.sg.d.] that those who are ill be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , it isn't that .
300Do not try to accommodate in such a way that you become sick.
264कई अन्दर समाने की कोशिश करते हैं ना तो बीमार हो जाते हैं , दिमाग खराब हो जाता है . kaī andar samānē kī|key kōśhiśh kartē haĩ nā tō bīmār hō jātē haĩ , dimāg kharāb hō jātā hai . kaī andar samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō bīmār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . some inside merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then those who are ill be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , head bad be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
301Not like that. 302Some try to accommodate everything within themselves in such a way that they become sick.
265ऐसे नहीं समाना . aisē nahī̃ samānā . aisē nahī̃[x] samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . it isn't that merge[inf.m.sg.d.] .
303Their head is spoilt.
266समाने की शक्ति से समाना . samānē kī|key śhakti sē samānā . samānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . merge[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from merge[inf.m.sg.d.] .
304Do not accommodate inside yourself in that way.
267अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 268गुजरात वाले कर सकते हैं . gujarāt vālē kar saktē haĩ . gujarāt vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . Gujarat those who do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
305Merge it within you with the power to accommodate.
269करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
306It is good.
270ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
307Gujarat can do this.
271क्या , कहो करना ही है . kyā , kahō karnā hī hai . kyā , kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . what , say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
308You have to do this. 309Say, "We have to do this."
272बापदादा भी कहते हैं हुआ ही पड़ा है . bāpdādā bhī kahtē haĩ huā hī paṛā hai . bāpdādā bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
310BapDada also says: It is already accomplished.
273अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
311Achcha.
274गुजरात के सेवाधारी तो बहुत हैं इसलिए उठाते नहीं हैं , बहुत संख्या है . gujarāt kē|K sēvādhārī tō bahut haĩ isliē uṭhātē nahī̃ haĩ , bahut saṅkhyā hai . gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bahut saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Gujarat (of|K) server then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , very x be[pres.sg.23] .
312There are many servers from Gujarat and this is why Baba is not telling you to stand up. 313There are many of you.
275अच्छा उठने चाहते हैं , चलो उठो . achchhā uṭhnē chāhtē haĩ , chalō uṭhō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha wake up[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
314You want to stand up, so, stand up!
276अच्छा , बहुत हैं . achchhā , bahut haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha , very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
315Achcha. 316It is good.
277 ( 3000 सेवाधारी हैं ) देखो गुजरात को सब जोन में से एक वरदान ज्यादा है . ( 3000 sēvādhārī haĩ ) dēkhō gujarāt kō sab zone mē̃ sē ēk vardān jyādā hai . ( 3000 sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gujarāt kō[postp.] sab[adj.] zone mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( 3000 server be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Gujarat to all zone in from one blessing more be[pres.sg.23] .
317Look, Gujarat has one blessing more than the rest of the zones.
278कौन सा ज्यादा है ? kaun sā jyādā hai ? kaun sā[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? which more be[pres.sg.23] ?
318Which blessing does Gujarat have?
279 ( समीप रहने का ) सबसे ज्यादा वरदान एक्स्ट्रा है कि गुजरात की धरनी पर भाग्यविधाता ब्रह्मा बाप की नजर पड़ी . ( samīp rahnē kā ) sabsē jyādā vardān extra hai ki gujarāt kī|key dharnī par bhāgyavidhātā brahmā bāp kī|key najar paṛī . ( samīp[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ) sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] extra hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] gujarāt karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhāgya vidhātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[past-part.f.] . ( close remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of ) the most more blessing extra be[pres.sg.23] that Gujarat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (at|other) Bestower of Fortune Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance fall[past-part.f.] .
319The extra blessing that Gujarat has is that the drishti of the bestower of fortune, Father Brahma, fell on this land.
280यह गुजरात भाग्य-विधाता ब्रह्मा बाप की नजर से पैदा हुआ है . yah gujarāt bhāgya-vidhātā brahmā bāp kī|key najar sē paidā huā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] gujarāt bhāgya vidhātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this Gujarat Bestower of Fortune Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance from born be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 281तो विशेष वरदान है . tō viśhēṣh vardān hai . tō viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then special blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
320Gujarat was born through the vision of the Bestower of Fortune and so it has a special blessing.
282गुजरात ने आपेही सेन्टर नहीं खोले , बापदादा ने खुलवाये . gujarāt nē āpēhī centre nahī̃ khōlē , bāpdādā nē khulvāyē . gujarāt nē[postp.] āpēhī centre nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khōlnā[opt.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] khulvānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . Gujarat ∅ automatically centre not (open[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|open[opt.sg.23]) , BapDada ∅ x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
321Gujarat did not open the centres themselves, but BapDada had them opened.
283इसलिए गुजरात को लिफ्ट है . isliē gujarāt kō lift hai . isliē gujarāt kō[postp.] lift hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore Gujarat to lift be[pres.sg.23] .
322This is why Gujarat has this lift.
284अभी इसी लिफ्ट की गिफ्ट से सहज निर्विघ्न बन जाना . abhī isī lift kī|key gift sē sahaj nirvighna ban jānā . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.hī] lift karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gift sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] nirvighna[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . now this[.hī] lift (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift from easy free from obstacles (x|become[root]) (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
323So, now with the gift of this lift, easily become free from obstacles.
285अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
324Achcha.
286बहुत अच्छी सेवा की . bahut achchhī sēvā kī|key . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . very achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
325You did very good service.
287गुजरात की दिल बड़ी है ना तो देखो संगठन भी बड़ा हो गया है . gujarāt kī|key dil baṛī hai nā tō dēkhō saṅgaṭhan bhī baṛā hō gayā hai . gujarāt karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . Gujarat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) heart very be[pres.sg.23] ∅ then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] gathering too very be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
326Gujarat has a big heart and so the gathering has also become as big.
288अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
327Achcha.
289ज्युरिस्ट विंग : सभी ने देखा , आपके ब्राह्मण परिवार में एक ही ग्रुप में कितने वकील और जज हैं . jurist wing : sabhī nē dēkhā , āpkē brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ ēk hī group mē̃ kitnē vakīl aur judge haĩ . jurist wing : sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , āp[pn.pl.kē] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] group mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vakīl[n.f.;sg.] aur judge hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . jurist wing : all ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , you[.kē] Brahmin family in one only group in so lawyer and judge be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
328The Jurist Wing has come: Did all of you see that, in your Brahmin family, in just the one group, there are so many lawyers and judges.
290देखा ? dēkhā ? dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
329Did you see?
291बहुत वकील जज हैं . bahut vakīl judge haĩ . bahut vakīl[n.f.;sg.] judge hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very lawyer judge be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
330There are many lawyers and judges.
292अभी आप लोगों ने बापदादा की एक आशा पूरी की नहीं है . abhī āp lōgō̃ nē bāpdādā kī|key ēk āśhā pūrī kī|key nahī̃ hai . ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now you people ∅ BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one desire (full|puri) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not be[pres.sg.23] . 293की है ? kī hai ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? 294वकील और जज हैं तो हिलाओ . vakīl aur judge haĩ tō hilāō . vakīl[n.f.;sg.] aur judge hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . lawyer and judge be[pres.pl.12hon3] then make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
331They are all in just the one group. 332As yet, none of you have fulfilled a desire of BapDada's, have you?
295जनता को थोड़ा हिला के दिखाओ ना . jantā kō thōṛā hilā kē|K dikhāō nā . jantā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hilānā[root]|hilnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā . people to short (make fluctuate[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) (of|K) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ .
333You are lawyers and judges, and so shake them a little.
296गीता के भगवान पर हिलाके दिखाओ . gītā kē|K bhagvān par hilākē dikhāō . gītā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Gita (of|K) God (at|other) x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
334Demonstrate by shaking the people a little.
297कोई ऐसा प्लैन नहीं बनाया है . kōī aisā plan nahī̃ banāyā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan nahī̃[neg] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some such plan not create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
335Shake them a little on the topic of the God of the Gita.
298चलो थोड़ा-थोड़ा आवाज तो फैलाओ . chalō thōṛā-thōṛā āvāj tō phailāō . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] tō phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] short noise then spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
336You haven't yet made such a plan.
299इन्डीविज्युअल ट्रायल तो करो हिलाके देखने की . individual trial tō karō hilākē dēkhnē kī|key . individual trial tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . individually try then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
337Spread a little sound, at least! 338At least try to shake them individually.
300बिचारे इसी एक गलती के कारण परमात्मा के वर्से से वंचित हैं . bichārē isī ēk galtī|galatī kē|K kāraṇ paramātmā kē|K varsē sē vañchit haĩ . bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.hī] ēk[adj.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] vañchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . poor people this[.hī] one (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) (of|K) because Supreme Soul (of|K) inheritance from deprived be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
339Because of this one mistake, the poor things are deprived of their inheritance from God.
301ऐसे वंचित आत्माओं को वर्सा दिलाने के निमित्त बनो . aisē vañchit ātmāō̃ kō varsā dilānē kē nimitt banō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vañchit[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such deprived soul to inheritance x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
340Become instruments to enable those deprived souls to receive their inheritance.
302ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
341Is that OK?
303कोई प्लैन बनाओ . kōī plan banāō . kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
342Make a plan.
304थोड़ा-थोड़ा भी रिहर्सल करो , हिलाके देखो क्या कहते हैं ! thōṛā-thōṛā bhī rehearsal karō , hilākē dēkhō kyā kahtē haĩ ! thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rehearsal karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! short too rehearsal do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
343Rehearse this a little. 344Shake them a little and see what they say.
305जैसे देखो साइंस और साइलेन्स दोनों का मेल आजकल दुनिया समझती है होना चाहिए . jaisē dēkhō science aur silence dōnō̃ kā mēl|male|mail ājkal duniyā samajhtī hai hōnā chāhiē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] science aur silence dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|male|mail ājkal duniyā[n.f.;sg.] samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] science and silence x of (coming together|male|x) nowadays world understand[pres.sg.f.23] (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
345For instance, nowadays, the world thinks that there should be both science and silence together.
306ऐसे मेडीटेशन और मेडीसन इसका भी मेल समझते हैं . aisē meditation aur mēḍīsan iskā bhī mēl|male|mail samajhtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] meditation aur x yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] mēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|male|mail samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such x and x this[.kā] too (coming together|male|x) understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
346In the same way, they also think that together with medicine, there should also be meditation.
307ऐसे ज्युरिस्ट क्या सिद्ध करेंगे ? aisē jurist kyā siddh karē̃gē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jurist kyā siddh karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? such jurist what justify[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 308बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि हर वर्ग को कुछ ऐसा स्लोगन बनाना चाहिए . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki har|her varg kō kuchh aisā slōgan banānā chāhiē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kuchh aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan banānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|banānā[.oblig3] . BapDada ∅ (firstly|x) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (x[root]|x) profession to anything such slogan (create[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|create[.oblig3]) .
347What will you Jurists prove? 348BapDada has also told you earlier that every wing should make some slogans, such as "Science and Silence." 349Make such slogans in a practical way.
309जैसे साइंस साइलेन्स , ऐसे कुछ प्रैक्टिकल में स्लोगन बनाओ . jaisē science silence , aisē kuchh practical mē̃ slōgan banāō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science silence , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh practical mē̃[postp.] slogan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like science silence , such anything practical in slogan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
350Do you remember that, in the early days, when you first began exhibitions, you used to take a probe.
310याद है - पहले-पहले जब प्रदर्शनी शुरू की थी तब प्रोब रखते थे , प्रोब के रूप में ऐसी प्वाइंटस रखते थे , अभी नहीं रखते हैं लेकिन शुरू-शुरू में प्रोब रखते थे . yād hai - pahlē-pahlē jab pradarśhanī śhurū kī thī tab probe rakhtē thē , probe kē|K rūp mē̃ aisī points rakhtē thē , abhī nahī̃ rakhtē haĩ lēkin śhurū-śhurū mē̃ probe rakhtē thē . yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jab pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-perf.f.] tab probe rakhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , probe kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] point rakhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] probe rakhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] . remembrance be[pres.sg.23] - (firstly|x) when exhibition beginning do[past-perf.f.] for only then x keep[hab-past.pl.m.] , x (of|K) Rup in such point keep[hab-past.pl.m.] , now not keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but beginning in x keep[hab-past.pl.m.] .
351You would keep such points in the form of a probe. 352You don't do that now. 353However, in earlier days you used to take a probe (survey). 354Now, if not in the exhibitions, then, at least take them individually.
311अभी प्रदर्शनी में नहीं तो इन्डीविज्युअल ही सही . abhī pradarśhanī mē̃ nahī̃ tō individual hī sahī . ab[adv.hī] pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃ tō[x] individual hī[p.] sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . now exhibition in otherwise individually only x . 312केस के लिए बापदादा नहीं कह रहे हैं , पहले तैयारी तो हो . case kē liē bāpdādā nahī̃ kah rahē haĩ , pahlē taiyārī tō hō . case kē liē[x] bāpdādā nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . case for BapDada not say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , (firstly|x) x then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
355BapDada is not telling you to make a case for this, but first of all at least make preparations. 356First of all, at least get them together.
313पहले थोड़ी छेड़छाड़ करो , लोगों को मिलाओ . pahlē thōṛī chēṛachāṛ karō , lōgō̃ kō milāō . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] x karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] milānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (firstly|x) short x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , people to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
357First of all, stir them a little and then get the people together.
314वह आपकी तरफ से तैयार होवें . vah āpkī taraph sē taiyār hōvē̃ . vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that you[.kī] direction from x be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
358They should be ready on your behalf.
315अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
359Achcha.
316तो बापदादा कहते हैं कि आप सेल्फ जज हो , तो ` ` जज योर सेल्फ ' ' इस टॉपिक को थोड़ा और आगे बढ़ाओ . tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki āp self judge hō , tō ` ` judge your self ' ' is topic kō thōṛā aur āgē baṛhāō . tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] self judge hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō ` ` judge your self ' ' yah[pn.sg.o.] topic kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that you self judge (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then ` ` judge x self ' ' this topic to short and previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
360So, BapDada says: You are self-judges. 361So now, take up the topic "Judge Your Self" a little further.
317जजेस को कहो सेल्फ योर जज बन करके सृष्टि का परिवर्तन करो . jajēs kō kahō self your judge ban karkē sr̥iṣhṭi kā parivartan karō . x kō[postp.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] self your judge ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] karnā[abs.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x to say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] self x judge (x|become[root]) do[abs.] world of transformation do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
362Tell the judges to become their own judges and transform the world.
318वह केस करने वाला जज भी और जज योर सेल्फ भी , दोनों हैं . vah case karnē vālā judge bhī aur judge your self bhī , dōnō̃ haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] case karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] judge bhī[p.] aur judge your self bhī[p.] , dōnō̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that case do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who judge too and judge x self too , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
363They are the judges who judge cases and also those who can judge themselves.
319ऐसे कुछ इन्वेंशन करो , स्लोगन बनाओ जो दो-दो शब्द मिलते हों . aisē kuchh invention karō , slōgan banāō jō dō-dō śhabda miltē hō̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh invention karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , slogan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . such anything invention do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , slogan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
364They are both. 365Now have some such invention; make some slogans in which two words rhyme.
320ऐसे कुछ टापिक बनाओ . aisē kuchh topic banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kuchh topic banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such anything topic create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
366Have such topics.
321ठीक है थोड़ा ट्रायल करो इन्डिपिडेंट . ṭhīk hai thōṛā trial karō independent . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] independent . OK be[pres.sg.23] short try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] independent .
367Try it out a little independently.
322पहले थोड़ा ग्रुप तैयार करो , पीछे सोचो . pahlē thōṛā group taiyār karō , pīchhē sōchō . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pīchhē sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (firstly|x) short group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
368First of all, prepare a small group, and then think about it.
323रिट्रीट करते हो , इकट्ठे होते हो , कुछ सोचते हो इसकी मुबारक हो . retreat kartē hō , ikaṭṭhē hōtē hō , kuchh sōchtē hō iskī mubārak hō . retreat karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kuchh sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x do[pres.pl.m.2] , together be[pres.pl.m.2] , anything think[pres.pl.m.2] this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
369Congratulations. 370You have retreats and get-togethers, and you think about things, and so congratulations for that.
324 ( कानफ्रेंस भी बहुत करते हैं ) करो बहुत अच्छा है . ( kānaphrē̃s bhī bahut kartē haĩ ) karō bahut achchhā hai . ( x bhī[p.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x too very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
371(We have many conferences too.) 372Do that. 373It is very good.
325माइक कौन से निकले हैं , वह बाप के सामने नहीं आये हैं . mike kaun sē nikalē haĩ , vah bāp kē|K sāmnē nahī̃ āyē haĩ . mike kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . mike who from be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that father (of|K) x not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
374Which mikes have emerged? 375They have not come in front of the Father.
326माइक माना जिसके आवाज में ताकत हो , माइक उसको कहा जाता है . mike mānā jiskē āvāj mē̃ tākat hō , mike uskō kahā jātā hai . mike mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kē] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mike vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . mike (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that[.kē] noise in power (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , mike that[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
376A mike is someone in whose sound there is power. 377Such a person is called a mike.
327चाहे प्रेजीडेंट हो , प्राइममिनिस्टर हो लेकिन आवाज में ताकत नहीं तो माइक नहीं . chāhē president hō , prime minister hō lēkin āvāj mē̃ tākat nahī̃ tō mike nahī̃ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē president hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , prime minister hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] mike nahī̃[neg] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) president (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , prime minister (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but noise in power otherwise mike not .
378Even if someone is a president or a prime minister, if his sound has no power, he is not a mike.
328माइक वह जिसकी आवाज में ताकत हो , ऐसा माइक तैयार करो . mike vah jiskī āvāj mē̃ tākat hō , aisā mike taiyār karō . mike vah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mike that that[.kī] noise in power (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , such mike x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
379A mike is someone who has power in his sound. 380Prepare such mikes.
329किसी भी रीति से बेधड़क होके माइक बनके आवाज करे , ऐसे माइक चाहिए . kisī bhī rīti sē bēdhaṛak hōkē mike bankē āvāj karē , aisē mike chāhiē . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bēdhaṛak[adj.] hōnā[abs.] mike bannā[abs.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . (anything|some) too way from fearlessly be[abs.] mike become[abs.] noise do[opt.sg.23] , such mike (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
381In some way, that person should make that sound without hesitation. 382Such mikes are needed.
330ऐसा माइक नहीं जो अपने ही समाज में करे . aisā mike nahī̃ jō apnē hī samāj mē̃ karē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . such mike not that one’s own only x in do[opt.sg.23] .
383Not mikes who do something just for their own community.
331माइक तो बड़े आवाज वाला चाहिए . mike tō baṛē āvāj vālā chāhiē . mike tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . mike then very noise those who (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
384A mike with a very loud sound is needed.
332अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
385Achcha.
333कलचरल विंग : कलचरल विंग ने क्या नया प्लैन बनाया ? cultural wing : cultural wing nē kyā nayā plan banāyā ? cultural wing : cultural wing nē[postp.] kyā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? x wing : x wing ∅ what new plan create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
386Which other groups are there? 387Cultural Wing: What new plans have the cultural wing made?
334कोई नया प्लैन बनाया ? kōī nayā plan banāyā ? kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? some new plan create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
388Have you made any new plans?
335 ( अभियान निकालने का और कान्फ्रेंस करने का प्लैन बनाया है ) यह तो ठीक है , नया क्या बनाया ? ( abhiyān nikālnē kā aur conference karnē kā plan banāyā hai ) yah tō ṭhīk hai , nayā kyā banāyā ? ( abhiyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur conference karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? ( Campaign x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of and conference do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) this then OK be[pres.sg.23] , new what create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
389(We have held campaigns and have also made a plan to hold a conference.) 390That is fine, but what new plans have you made?
336यह तो अच्छा है भले करो लेकिन कुछ नवीनता करो . yah tō achchhā hai bhalē karō lēkin kuchh navīntā karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin kuchh navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this then achcha be[pres.sg.23] benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but anything newness do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
391That is fine, and you may do that, but do something new.
337 ( प्रदर्शनी बनाई है , इससे बापदादा की प्रत्यक्षता करेंगे ) बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि हर एक विंग कोई नया प्लैन बनाये , कितने समय से कान्फ्रेन्स की है , कितना टाइम हुआ है कान्फ्रेन्स करते , बहुत साल हो गये और प्रदर्शनी , अभियान यह तो करते रहते हो , अभी कोई नया प्लैन बनाओ . ( pradarśhanī banāī hai , issē bāpdādā kī|key pratyakṣhatā karē̃gē ) bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki har ēk wing kōī nayā plan banāyē , kitnē samay sē conference kī hai , kitnā time huā hai conference kartē , bahut sāl hō gayē aur pradarśhanī , abhiyān yah tō kartē rahtē hō , abhī kōī nayā plan banāō . ( pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.sē] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] wing kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] conference karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] conference karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , bahut sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] aur pradarśhanī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , abhiyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( exhibition create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this[.sē] BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one wing some new plan create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , so time from conference do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , so time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] conference do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , very year be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] and exhibition , Campaign this then do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , now some new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
392(We have made exhibitions and we will reveal BapDada through them.) 393BapDada wants each Wing to make some new plans. 394You have held so many conferences! 395How long is it since you started having conferences?
338 ( कलचरल कार्निवल करने का विचार है ) बनाओ प्लैन . ( cultural kārnival karnē kā vichār hai ) banāō plan . ( cultural x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vichār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] plan . ( x x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x be[pres.sg.23] ) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] plan . 339अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
396It has been many years since you started having conferences, exhibitions and campaigns.
340सभी वर्ग के लिए बापदादा कह रहे हैं कि कोई नया प्लैन बनाओ . sabhī varg kē liē bāpdādā kah rahē haĩ ki kōī nayā plan banāō . sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all profession for BapDada say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that some new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
397Now make a new plan. 398(We have made a plan to have a cultural carnival.)
341यह तो सभी को पता पड़ गया है कि ब्रह्माकुमारियां कानफ्रेन्स करती हैं , अभियान भी निकालती हैं , यह सबको पता पड़ गया है . yah tō sabhī kō patā paṛ gayā hai ki brahmākumāriyā̃ conference kartī haĩ , abhiyān bhī nikāltī haĩ , yah sabkō patā paṛ gayā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] conference karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , abhiyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nikālnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sabkō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this then all to knowledge fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] that Brahma Kumari conference do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , Campaign too x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , this everything knowledge fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
399BapDada is telling those of all Wings to make some new plans. 400Everyone now knows that the Brahma Kumaris have conferences, campaigns etc. 401Everyone now knows this.
342अभी कोई नया प्लैन ऐसा बनाओ जो सब समझें कि यह देखना जरूरी है क्योंकि आजकल नवीनता को पसन्द करते हैं . abhī kōī nayā plan aisā banāō jō sab samajhē̃ ki yah dēkhnā jarūrī hai kyōṅki ājkal navīntā kō pasand kartē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki ājkal navīntā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now some new plan such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that all understand[opt.pl.12hon3] that this see[inf.m.sg.d.] essential be[pres.sg.23] because nowadays newness to love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
402Now make such a new plan that they think it is essential for them to see it because, nowadays, people like newness. 403So, think about this.
343तो सोचो , टच हो जायेगा कोई बड़ी बात नहीं है और देखेंगे कौन सा वर्ग नवीनता दिखाता है . tō sōchō , touch hō jāyēgā kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ hai aur dēkhē̃gē kaun sā varg navīntā dikhātā hai . tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , touch hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaun sā[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , touch be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] some very matter not be[pres.sg.23] and see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] which profession newness x[pres.sg.m.23] .
404You will be touched. 405It is not a big thing. 406And we shall see which 407Wing shows some newness.
344नम्बरवन एक तो बनेगा ना . number one ēk tō banēgā nā . number one ēk[adj.] tō bannā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . number one one then become[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
408Someone will become number one.
345तो करो . tō karō . tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
409So do that.
346अमृतवेले योग के बाद , योग के टाइम नहीं करना लेकिन योग के बाद दिमाग में ताकत होती है उस समय सोचो , तो टचिंग हो जायेगी . amr̥itvēlē yōg kē bād , yōg kē|K time nahī̃ karnā lēkin yōg kē bād dimāg mē̃ tākat hōtī hai us samay sōchō , tō touching hō jāyēgī . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēkin yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō touching hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . amrit vela yoga after , yoga (of|K) time not do[inf.m.sg.d.] but yoga after head in power be[pres.sg.f.23] that time think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then touching be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
410After yoga at amrit vela, not at the time of yoga, but after you have had yoga, your head would have some power. 411Therefore, think at that time and you will have some touching.
347बाकी जो किया है उसकी मुबारक है , जो प्लैन बनाया है वह भी करो लेकिन कुछ नया करके दिखाना . bākī jō kiyā hai uskī mubārak hai , jō plan banāyā hai vah bhī karō lēkin kuchh nayā karkē dikhānā . bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (but|others) that do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.kī] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] , that plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but anything new do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
412However, congratulations for what you have done so far. 413Carry out whatever plans you have already made, but now, do something new.
348सोचो . sōchō . sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
414Think about it.
349बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
415Very good.
350 ( यू . पी . और राजस्थान में बड़ा मेला करने का उमंग दादी जी को आ रहा है ) करना चाहिए क्योंकि राजस्थान और यू . पी . में बहुत समय हुआ है , ऐसा बड़ा प्रोग्राम नहीं हुआ है . ( U|you . pī|P . aur rājasthān mē̃ baṛā mēlā karnē kā umaṅg dādī jī kō ā rahā hai ) karnā chāhiē kyōṅki rājasthān aur U|you . pī|P . mē̃ bahut samay huā hai , aisā baṛā programme nahī̃ huā hai . ( U|you . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . aur rājasthān mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] kyōṅki rājasthān aur U|you . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . mē̃[postp.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( (U.|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . and x in very fair do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal Dadi (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) to come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) because x and (U.|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . in very time be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such very programme not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
416(Dadiji has the enthusiasm to have a mela in UP and Rajasthan.) 417You should do something because it has been a long time since a big programme has taken place in Rajasthan and UP.
351अभी राजस्थान का माइक उमंग में है . abhī rājasthān kā mike umaṅg mē̃ hai . ab[adv.hī] rājasthān kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now x of mike zeal in be[pres.sg.23] .
418Now the mike of Rajasthan has some enthusiasm.
352 ( वाइसप्रेजीडेंट के लिए ) उसका आवाज मदद कर सकता है क्योंकि सीट पर है तो फायदा लेना चाहिए . ( vāisaprējīḍēṇṭ kē liē ) uskā āvāj madad kar saktā hai kyōṅki seat par hai tō phāydā lēnā chāhiē . ( x kē liē[x] ) vah[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] kyōṅki seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lēnā[.oblig3] . ( x for ) that[.kā] noise x do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] because seat (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] then profit (take[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|take[.oblig3]) .
419(The Vice-President of India). 420His sound can help you because he is on the seat and so you should take the benefit of that.
353सीट पर बैठने वाली आत्मा का आवाज थोड़ा बुलन्द होता है , एडवरटा-इज हो जाती है . seat par baiṭhnē vālī ātmā kā āvāj thōṛā buland hōtā hai , ēḍavaraṭā-ij hō jātī hai . seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] buland[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , x hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . seat (at|other) sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul of noise short x be[pres.sg.m.23] , x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
421The sound of a person seated on a seat of position is loud. 422This becomes your advertisement.
354करना चाहिए , यह संकल्प ठीक है . karnā chāhiē , yah saṅkalp ṭhīk hai . karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) , this thought OK be[pres.sg.23] .
423You should do it. 424That is a good thought.
355मदद चाहिए , तो एक दो की मदद ले लो लेकिन करना चाहिए . madad chāhiē , tō ēk dō kī|key madad lē lō lēkin karnā chāhiē . madad[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , tō ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] lēkin karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] . x (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , then one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] but (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) .
425If you want help, you can take help from one another, but you should do that.
356 ( कलकत्ता में बहुत बड़ा प्रोग्राम हुआ , भोपाल में बड़ा मेला होने वाला है ) वैसे हर जगह के बड़े प्रोग्राम जो हुए हैं , हर जगह की अपनी-अपनी विशेषता रही है , कहाँ संख्या की , कहाँ प्रोप्रोगण्डा आलराउण्ड हुई है , जैसे दिल्ली में विदेश तक आवाज गया , कलकत्ता में दो लाख हो गये . ( kalkattā mē̃ bahut baṛā programme huā , bhōpāl mē̃ baṛā mēlā hōnē vālā hai ) vaisē har|her jagah kē|K baṛē programme jō huē haĩ , har|her jagah kī|key apnī-apnī viśhēṣhtā rahī hai , kahā̃ saṅkhyā kī|key , kahā̃ prōprōgaṇḍā all-round huī hai , jaisē dillī mē̃ vidēśh tak āvāj gayā , kalkattā mē̃ dō lākh hō gayē . ( kalkattā mē̃[postp.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bhōpāl mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] harnā[root]|har|her jagah[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , harnā[root]|har|her jagah[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kahā̃ saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kahā̃ x all-round hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak āvāz[n.f.;sg.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kalkattā mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lākh[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . ( x in very very programme be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , Bhopal in very fair be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] ) x (x[root]|x) x (of|K) very programme that be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[root]|x) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one’s own speciality remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , where x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , where x all-round be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , like Delhi in abroad until noise go[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) 100,000 be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
426A very big programme took place in Calcutta, and a big mela is to take place in Bhopal. 427In fact, each one of all the big programmes that have been held in all the places had its own speciality. 428Some places had the numbers, in other places, there was very good all-round publicity. 429For instance, in Delhi, the sound also reached abroad from there.
357अलग-अलग विशेषता हुई ना . alag-alag viśhēṣhtā huī nā . alag[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā . separate speciality be[past-part.f.] ∅ .
430There were 200,000 people gathered together in Calcutta.
358ऐसे ही गुजरात ने पहला नम्बर लिया , इन्वेंशन की ना . aisē hī gujarāt nē pahlā number liyā , invention kī|key nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] gujarāt nē[postp.] pahlā number[x] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , invention karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nā . such only Gujarat ∅ x take[past-part.m.sg.d.] , invention (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ∅ .
431They all had their own specialities. 432Similarly, Gujarat claimed the first number because they invented that.
359बाम्बे में भी अच्छा आवाज फैला . bāmbē mē̃ bhī achchhā āvāj phailā . bāmbē mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[root]|phailnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Bombay in too achcha noise (spread[root]|spread[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
433Very good sound spread from Bombay too.
360मद्रास में तो ऐसा तीन दादियों का चित्र बनाया जो सब तरफ चला . madrās mē̃ tō aisā tīn dādiyō̃ kā chitra banāyā jō sab taraph chalā . madrās[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chalānā[root] . x in then such x Dadi of picture create[past-part.m.sg.d.] that all direction (continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) .
434In Madras they made such a picture of the three Dadis which then continued everywhere else.
361 ( पहले गुजरात ने बनाया था ) मद्रास ने थोड़ा अच्छा बनाया , शोभा थी . ( pahlē gujarāt nē banāyā thā ) madrās nē thōṛā achchhā banāyā , śhōbhā thī . ( pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gujarāt nē[postp.] banānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ) madrās[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , śhōbhnā[x] . ( (firstly|x) Gujarat ∅ create[past-perf.m.sg.] ) x ∅ short achcha create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x[x] .
435(Gujarat made that picture first.) 436Madras made a better picture! 437It was beautiful.
362सभी जगह अच्छा बना . sabhī jagah achchhā banā . sab[adv.hī] jagah[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . all x achcha (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .
438They had good pictures everywhere.
363बापदादा तो बच्चों की यूनिटी , एकता और एकाग्रता पर दुआयें देता है . bāpdādā tō bachchō̃ kī|key unity , ēktā aur ēkāgratā par duāyē̃ dētā hai . bāpdādā tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key unity , ēktā[n.f.;sg.] aur ēkāgratā[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada then child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) unity , unity and concentration (at|other) blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] .
439BapDada gives you blessings because of the unity and concentration and stability of you children.
364चाहे संख्या कितनी भी आई लेकिन नाम तो हुआ ना . chāhē saṅkhyā kitnī bhī āī|eye|I lēkin nām tō huā nā . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I lēkin nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x so too (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) but name then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
440No matter how many there were, at least the name was glorified.
365ब्रह्माकुमारियां मैदान में तो आई ना , इसीलिए सभी स्थान की अपनी-अपनी विशेषता रही और सभी ने मिल करके संगठित रूप में किया , इसकी पहला नम्बर मुबारक है . brahmākumāriyā̃ maidān mē̃ tō āī|eye|I nā , isīliē sabhī sthān kī|key apnī-apnī viśhēṣhtā rahī aur sabhī nē mil karkē saṅgaṭhit rūp mē̃ kiyā , iskī pahlā number mubārak hai . brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] maidān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I nā , isīliē sab[adv.hī] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] aur sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] milnā[root] karnā[abs.] saṅgaṭhit[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.kī] pahlā number[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahma Kumari x in then (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) ∅ , x all place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one’s own speciality remain[past-part.f.] and all ∅ receive[root] do[abs.] x Rup in do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this[.kī] x congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
441At least the Brahma Kumaris came onto the field, and therefore, each place had its own speciality, and everyone did everything collectively as a group. 442Number one congratulations for this.
366अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
443Achcha.
367भोपाल भी फंक्शन करने में होशियार है . bhōpāl bhī function karnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hai . bhōpāl bhī[p.] function karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bhopal too x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.sg.23] .
444Bhopal is also very clever at holding functions.
368करेंगे , वह भी कमाल करेंगे क्योंकि भोपाल में आई . पीज का कने-क्शन अच्छा है . karē̃gē , vah bhī kamāl karē̃gē kyōṅki bhōpāl mē̃ āī|eye|I . Ps kā kanē-kśan achchhā hai . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki bhōpāl mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that too x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because Bhopal in (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . P. of x achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
445They will also perform wonders because Bhopal has a good connection with IPs there.
369काफी आई . पी इनके कनेक्शन में हैं , अभी उन्हों को कार्य में कितना लगाते हैं , वह प्रोग्राम बनाया होगा . kāphī āī|eye|I . pī|P inkē connection mē̃ haĩ , abhī unhō̃ kō kārya mē̃ kitnā lagātē haĩ , vah programme banāyā hōgā . kāphī[adj.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] yah[pn.pl.kē] connection mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] programme banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . enough (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) this[.kē] connection in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now that to task in so attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that programme create[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] .
446They have many IPs in connection with them. 447You must have made a programme to use those IPs.
370बाकी वह भी होशियार हैं , कर लेंगे . bākī vah bhī hōśhiyār haĩ , kar lē̃gē . bākī|bākī vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . (but|others) that too clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
448However, they too are clever. 449You will do it.
371अच्छा हो जायेगा . achchhā hō jāyēgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . achcha be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
450It will be good.
372अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
451Achcha.
373अभी सभी क्या करेंगे ? abhī sabhī kyā karē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now all what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
452What will everyone do now?
374बापदादा को नये वर्ष की कोई गिफ्ट देंगे या नहीं ? bāpdādā kō nayē varṣh kī|key kōī gift dēgē yā nahī̃ ? bāpdādā kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī[pn.;d.] gift dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] ? BapDada to new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) some gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or not ?
453Will you give BapDada a gift for the New Year or not?
375नये वर्ष में क्या करते हो ? nayē varṣh mē̃ kyā kartē hō ? nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? new year in what do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
454What do people do at the New Year?
376एक दो को गिफ्ट देते हो ना . ēk dō kō gift dētē hō nā . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to gift give[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
455You give gifts to one another, do you not?
377एक कार्ड देते हैं , एक गिफ्ट देते हैं . ēk card dētē haĩ , ēk gift dētē haĩ . ēk[adj.] card dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] gift dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one card give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one gift give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
456You give a card and a gift.
378तो बापदादा को कार्ड नहीं चाहिए , रिकार्ड चाहिए . tō bāpdādā kō card nahī̃ chāhiē , record chāhiē . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] card nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , record chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . then BapDada to card not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , record (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
457So, BapDada doesn't want cards, He wants a record.
379सब बच्चों का रिकार्ड नम्बरवन हो , यह रिकार्ड चाहिए . sab bachchō̃ kā record number one hō , yah record chāhiē . sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] record chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . all child of record number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this record (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
458BapDada wants the record that the record of all the children should be number one.
380निर्विघ्न हो , अभी यह कोई-कोई विघ्न की बातें सुनते हैं ना , तो बापदादा को एक हंसी का खेल याद आता है . nirvighna hō , abhī yah kōī-kōī vighna kī|key bātē̃ suntē haĩ nā , tō bāpdādā kō ēk hansī kā khēl yād ātā hai . nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] hãsnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . free from obstacles (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , now this some obstacle (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then BapDada to one laugh out[past-part.f.] of (play|play[root]) remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] .
459They should be free from obstacles. 460Now when BapDada hears of some obstacles, BapDada remembers an amusing game.
381मालूम है कौन सा हंसी का खेल है ? mālūm hai kaun sā hansī kā khēl hai ? mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaun sā[x] hãsnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x be[pres.sg.23] which laugh out[past-part.f.] of (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] ?
461Do you know which amusing game that is?
382वह खेल है - बूढ़े-बूढ़े गुड़ियों का खेल कर रहे हैं . vah khēl hai - būṛhē-būṛhē guṛiyō̃ kā khēl kar rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - būṛhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṛiyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] - old doll of (play|play[root]) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
462That is a game where old ones play with dolls.
383हैं बूढ़े लेकिन खेल करते हैं गुड़ियों का , तो हंसी का खेल है ना . haĩ būṛhē lēkin khēl kartē haĩ guṛiyō̃ kā , tō hansī kā khēl hai nā . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] būṛhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] guṛiyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō hãsnā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . be[pres.pl.12hon3] old but (play|play[root]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] doll of , then laugh out[past-part.f.] of (play|play[root]) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
463They are old, but they play with dolls, and so that is an amusing game, is it not?
384तो अभी जो छोटी-छोटी बातें सुनते हैं , देखते हैं ना तो ऐसे ही लगता है , वानप्रस्थ अवस्था वाले और बातें कितनी छोटी हैं ! tō abhī jō chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātē̃ suntē haĩ , dēkhtē haĩ nā tō aisē hī lagtā hai , vānaprasth avasthā vālē aur bātē̃ kitnī chhōṭī haĩ ! tō ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! then now that small matter listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then such only x[pres.sg.m.23] , retirement stage those who and matter so small be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
464So, the trivial things that you now hear about and see feels just like that. 465They are in their stage of retirement, but look at the things they do!
385तो यह रिकार्ड बाप को अच्छा नहीं लगता . tō yah record bāp kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] record bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then this record father to achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
466Therefore, the Father doesn't like that record.
386इसके बजाए , कार्ड के बजाए रिकार्ड दो - निर्विघ्न , छोटी बातें समाप्त . iskē bajāē , card kē bajāē record dō - nirvighna , chhōṭī bātē̃ samāpt . yah[pn.sg.kē] bajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajānā[opt.sg.23]|bajāē , card kē bajāē[x] record dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - nirvighna[adj.] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] samāpt[adj.] . this[.kē] (play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|play[opt.sg.23]|x) , card instead of record (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) - free from obstacles , small matter finished .
467Instead of that, instead of cards, give a record of being free from obstacles. 468All the trivial things should end.
387बड़े को छोटा बनाना सीखो और छोटी को खत्म करना सीखो . baṛē kō chhōṭā banānā sīkhō aur chhōṭī kō khatm karnā sīkhō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sīkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kō[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sīkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very to small create[inf.m.sg.d.] learn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and small to finished do[inf.m.sg.d.] learn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
469Learn how to make big things small and how to finish the small things.
388बापदादा एक-एक बच्चे का चेहरा , बापदादा का मुखड़ा देखने का दर्पण बनाने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā ēk-ēk bachchē kā chēhrā , bāpdādā kā mukhṛā dēkhnē kā darpaṇ banānē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada one child of face , BapDada of face see[inf.m.pl.,o.] of mirror create[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
470BapDada wants to make the face of each of you children into a mirror in which BapDada's face is seen.
389आपके दर्पण में बापदादा दिखाई दे . āpkē darpaṇ mē̃ bāpdādā dikhāī dē . āp[pn.pl.kē] darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . you[.kē] mirror in BapDada be visible .
471BapDada should be visible in your mirror.
390तो ऐसा विचित्र दर्पण बापदादा को गिफ्ट में दो . tō aisā vichitr darpaṇ bāpdādā kō gift mē̃ dō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vichitr[adj.] darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] gift mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such unique mirror BapDada to gift in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
472So give such a unique mirror to BapDada as a gift.
391दुनिया में तो ऐसा कोई दर्पण है ही नहीं जिसमें परमात्मा दिखाई दे . duniyā mē̃ tō aisā kōī darpaṇ hai hī nahī̃ jismē̃ paramātmā dikhāī dē . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . world in then such some mirror be[pres.sg.23] only not that[.mē̃] Supreme Soul be visible .
473In the world, there is no such mirror in which they can see God.
392तो आप इस नये वर्ष की ऐसी गिफ्ट दो जो विचित्र दर्पण बन जाओ . tō āp is nayē varṣh kī|key aisī gift dō jō vichitr darpaṇ ban jāō . tō āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gift dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vichitr[adj.] darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . then you this new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) such gift (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) that unique mirror become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
474So, give such a gift for the New Year that you become a unique mirror.
393जो भी देखे , जो भी सुने तो उसको बापदादा ही दिखाई दे , सुनाई दे . jō bhī dēkhē , jō bhī sunē tō uskō bāpdādā hī dikhāī dē , sunāī dē . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sunnā[opt.sg.23] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] bāpdādā hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , sunānā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] . that too (see[opt.sg.23]|see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , that too (listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|listen[opt.sg.23]) then that[.kō] BapDada only be visible , speak[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] .
475Whoever sees you, whoever hears anything from you, should only see and hear BapDada.
394बाप का आवाज सुनाई दे . bāp kā āvāj sunāī dē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] . father of noise speak[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] .
476They should hear BapDada's sound.
395तो सौगात देंगे ? tō saugāt dēgē ? tō saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
477So, will you give this gift?
396देंगे ? dēgē ? dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
478Will you?
397जो देने का दृढ़ संकल्प करते हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō dēnē kā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kartē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of determined thought do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
479Those who have the determination to give this, raise your hands!
398दृढ़ संकल्प का हाथ उठाओ . dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā hāth uṭhāō . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . determined thought of raise your hands .
480Raise your hand for having the determination.
399डबल फारेनर्स भी उठा रहे हैं . double foreigners bhī uṭhā rahē haĩ . double foreigner bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner too uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
481Even the double-foreigners are raising their hands.
400सिन्धी ग्रुप भी उठा रहा है . sindhī group bhī uṭhā rahā hai . sindhī[adj.] group bhī[p.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . x group too (wake up[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
482The Sindhi group are also raising their hands.
401सोच के उठा रहे हैं . sōch kē|K uṭhā rahē haĩ . sōchnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . think[root] (of|K) uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
483You are raising them after carefully considering it.
402सिंधी ग्रुप सोच के उठा रहे हो ? sindhī group sōch kē|K uṭhā rahē hō ? sindhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] group sōchnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? x group think[root] (of|K) uplift[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
484The Sindhi group are raising their hands after consideration.
403सिंधी ग्रुप उठो . sindhī group uṭhō . sindhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] group uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x group wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
485Sindhi group, stand up!
404तो बापदादा को गिफ्ट देंगे ? tō bāpdādā kō gift dēgē ? tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] gift dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then BapDada to gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
486Will you give this gift to BapDada?
405अगर देंगे तो बड़ा हाथ उठाओ . agar dēgē tō baṛā hāth uṭhāō . agar dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then very raise your hands .
487If you will, then raise your hands! 488Raise your hands high.
406अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
489Achcha.
407सभी ने उठाया है . sabhī nē uṭhāyā hai . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all ∅ uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
490All of you raised your hands.
408देखना , रिपोर्ट मिल जायेगी . dēkhnā , report mil jāyēgī . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , report milnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] , report receive[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . 409रिपोर्ट मिलेगी ना ! report milēgī nā ! report milnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā ! report receive[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ !
491Just be careful because your report will be given.
410आपेही रिपोर्ट लिखना . āpēhī report likhnā . āpēhī report likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . automatically report write[inf.m.sg.d.] .
492Baba will be given a report, will He not?
411हर मास में दो अक्षर लिखना - प्रॉमिस ओ . के . . har|her mās mē̃ dō akṣhar likhnā - promise ō . kē|K . . harnā[root]|har|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - promise O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . . (x[root]|x) (month|x) in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) word write[inf.m.sg.d.] - promise x . (of|K) . .
493Write your own report: Every month, just write two words: Promise OK.
412जो प्रॉमिस किया है वह ओ . के . है . jō promise kiyā hai vah ō . kē|K . hai . jō[pn.;d.] promise karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] O . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x . (of|K) . be[pres.sg.23] .
494Whatever you have promised, that is OK.
413कार्ड में ही लिखना , ज्यादा लिफाफा नहीं भेजना , खर्चा नहीं करना , कार्ड में ही भेजना . card mē̃ hī likhnā , jyādā liphāphā nahī̃ bhējnā , kharchā nahī̃ karnā , card mē̃ hī bhējnā . card mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x nahī̃[neg] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , card mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . card in only write[inf.m.sg.d.] , more x not x[inf.m.sg.d.] , expenditure not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , card in only x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
495Just write it on a card. 496Don't send too many envelopes etc. 497Don't spend too much on it. 498Just send it on a card.
414ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
499Is this OK?
415कांध तो हिलाओ . kāndh tō hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder then make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
500At least nod in agreement!
416अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
501It is good.
417बापदादा की सिन्धी ग्रुप में उम्मींद है , बतायें कौन सी उम्मींद है ? bāpdādā kī|key sindhī group mē̃ ummīnd hai , batāyē̃ kaun see|sī|C ummīnd hai ? bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sindhī[adj.] group mē̃[postp.] ummīd[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ummīd[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x group in x be[pres.sg.23] , tell[opt.pl.12hon3] who (see|x) x be[pres.sg.23] ?
502BapDada has hopes in the Sindhi group. 503Should Baba tell you about them? 504Which hopes does Baba have?
418यही उम्मींद है कि सिन्धी ग्रुप में से एक ऐसा माइक निकले जो चैलेन्ज करे कि क्या था और क्या बन गये हैं . yahī ummīnd hai ki sindhī group mē̃ sē ēk aisā mike nikalē jō challenge karē ki kyā thā aur kyā ban gayē haĩ . yahī[pn.;d.] ummīd[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sindhī[adj.] group mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] challenge karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] kyā hōnā[past.m.sg] aur kyā bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . this x be[pres.sg.23] that x group in from one such mike (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) that challenge do[opt.sg.23] that what be[past.m.sg] and what become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 419जो सिन्धियों को जगावे . jō sindhiyō̃ kō jagāvē . jō[pn.;d.] sindhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jagānā[opt.sg.23] . that x to awaken[opt.sg.23] .
505Baba has the hope that a mike should emerge from the Sindhi group who can challenge everyone as to what he was and what he has now become, someone who can awaken the Sindhis.
420बिचारे , बिचारे हैं . bichārē , bichārē haĩ . bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . poor people , poor people be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 421पहचानते ही नहीं हैं . pahchāntē hī nahī̃ haĩ . pahchānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . recognise[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
506The poor things are helpless - they don't recognize God.
422देश के अवतार को ही नहीं जानते हैं . dēśh kē|K avatār kō hī nahī̃ jāntē haĩ . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K avatār[x] kō[postp.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . land (of|K) incarnation to only not know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
507They don't even recognise the Incarnation in their country.
423तो सिन्धी ग्रुप में ऐसा माइक निकले जो चैलेन्ज से कहे हम सुनाते हैं यथार्थ क्या है . tō sindhī group mē̃ aisā mike nikalē jō challenge sē kahē ham sunātē haĩ yathārth kyā hai . tō sindhī[adj.] group mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] challenge sē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yathārth[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x group in such mike (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) that challenge from (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) we speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x what be[pres.sg.23] .
508So a mike should emerge from the Sindhi group who can challenge everyone and say what the truth is.
424ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
509Is this OK?
425उम्मींद पूरी करेंगे ? ummīnd pūrī karē̃gē ? ummīd[n.f.;sg.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x (full|puri) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
510Will you fulfil this hope?
426अभी थोड़े आये हैं लेकिन औरों को उमंग में लाके ऐसे उम्मीदों के सितारे बनो . abhī thōṛē āyē haĩ lēkin aurō̃ kō umaṅg mē̃ lākē aisē ummīdō̃ kē|K sitārē banō . ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin aurō̃ kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[abs.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ummīd[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now short come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but others to zeal in x[abs.] such x (of|K) star become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
511Only a few have come now, but by bringing that enthusiasm in others, now become stars of hope.
427उम्मींद को पूरा करने वाले सफलता के सितारे बनो . ummīnd kō pūrā karnē vālē saphaltā kē|K sitārē banō . ummīd[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x to full do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who success (of|K) star become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
512Become the stars of success who fulfil the hopes.
428कोई को भी तैयार करो . kōī kō bhī taiyār karō . kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some to too x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
513Prepare someone.
429ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
514Is this OK?
430देखेंगे . dēkhē̃gē . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
515We shall see.
431बोलो करेंगे ? bōlō karē̃gē ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
516Say that you will do this.
432अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
517It is good.
433कुमारियां भी करेंगी . kumāriyā̃ bhī karē̃gī . kumārī[x] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . kumari too do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
518Kumaris will also do this.
434हिम्मत अच्छी है , मुबारक हो . himmat achchhī hai , mubārak hō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . courage achcha be[pres.sg.23] , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
519You have good courage. 520Congratulations.
435 ( जुलाई में सिन्धी सम्मेलन करेंगे ) माइक तैयार करके दिखाओ कोई सिन्धी . ( julāī mē̃ sindhī sammēlan karē̃gē ) mike taiyār karkē dikhāō kōī sindhī . ( x mē̃[postp.] sindhī[adj.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) mike taiyār[adj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī[pn.;d.] sindhī[adj.] . ( x in x x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) mike x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] some x .
521(We will have a Sindhi Conference in July.) 522Show this by preparing a Sindhi mike.
436अच्छा है , सिन्धी पार्टी आती है ना तो रौनक हो जाती है . achchhā hai , sindhī party ātī hai nā tō raunak hō jātī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sindhī[adj.] party ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō raunak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x party come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then splendour be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
523It is good. 524When the Sindhi group comes here, there is special beauty and sparkle here.
437अच्छा - अभी सभी को याद है - क्या देना है ? achchhā - abhī sabhī kō yād hai - kyā dēnā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - kyā dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? achcha - now all to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] - what give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
525Achcha. 526Now, do all of you remember what you have to give?
438गिफ्ट और रिकार्ड . gift aur record . gift aur record . gift and record .
527A gift and a record.
439वैसे तो अगर दर्पण बन गये तो रिकार्ड आ ही जायेगा . vaisē tō agar darpaṇ ban gayē tō record ā hī jāyēgā . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō agar darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō record ānā[root] hī[p.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . x then if mirror become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then record come[root] only go[fut.m.sg.23] .
528In fact, if you become a mirror, then the record is included in that.
440अभी बापदादा मेहनत का पुरूषार्थ देखने नहीं चाहते हैं . abhī bāpdādā mēhnat kā purūṣhārth dēkhnē nahī̃ chāhtē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now BapDada effort of effort see[inf.m.pl.,o.] not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
529Now, BapDada doesn't want to see you making labourious effort.
441अब छोटी-छोटी बातों में मेहनत नहीं , अभी उड़ो . ab chhōṭī-chhōṭī bātō̃ mē̃ mēhnat nahī̃ , abhī uṛō . ab[adv.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now small matter in effort not , now fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
530Don't make effort in little things. 531Now fly!
442ऊपर ही रहेंगे तो बाकी सब बातें नीचे रह जायेंगी . ūpar hī rahē̃gē tō bākī sab bātē̃ nīchē rah jāyēṅgī . ūpar hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bākī sab[x] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nīchē rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . over only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then everything else matter down remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
532If you remain up above, the rest of the things will remain down below.
443अच्छा - मधुबन वाले सब ठीक हैं . achchhā - madhuban vālē sab ṭhīk haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha - Madhuban those who all OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
533Achcha. 534Are all those from Madhuban OK?
444चार पांच सब भुजायें हैं ? chār pāñch sab bhujāyē̃ haĩ ? chār[adj.] pañch[adj.] sab[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? four five all arm be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
535Have all the 4 to 5 arms come?
445पाण्डव भवन , ज्ञान सरोवर से थोड़े-थोड़े आये हैं . pāṇḍav bhavan , gyān sarōvar sē thōṛē-thōṛē āyē haĩ . pāṇḍav bhavan[x] , gyān sarōvar[x] sē[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x , Gyan Sarovar from short come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
536A few have come from Pandav Bhavan and Gyan Sarovar. 537Achcha.
446अच्छा - सभी को शान्तिवन , ज्ञान सरोवर , चाहे पाण्डव भवन , चाहे हॉस्पिटल सभी को बापदादा दिल से बहुत-बहुत मुबारक देते हैं . achchhā - sabhī kō śhāntivan , gyān sarōvar , chāhē pāṇḍav bhavan , chāhē hospital sabhī kō bāpdādā dil sē bahut-bahut mubārak dētē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , gyān sarōvar[x] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē pāṇḍav bhavan[x] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē hospital sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha - all to Shantivan , Gyan Sarovar , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) hospital all to BapDada heart from very congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
538To all from Shantivan, Gyan Sarovar, Pandav Bhavan, the Hospital - BapDada is giving all of you many, many congratulations from the heart. 539You serve whoever comes very well.
447जो भी आते हैं उनकी सेवा अच्छी करते हैं . jō bhī ātē haĩ unkī sēvā achchhī kartē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] service achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
540You have a very good number in serving everyone.
448सेवा करने में नम्बर अच्छा है . sēvā karnē mē̃ number achchhā hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in number achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 449और फिर पीछे सुनायेंगे लेकिन सेवा में नम्बर अच्छा है . aur phir pīchhē sunāyēṅgē lēkin sēvā mē̃ number achchhā hai . aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] pīchhē sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and (turn[root]|then) x speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but service in number achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
541Baba will tell you more about other things at some time later, but you have a good number in service.
450अथक बनके सेवा करने में एक नेचुरल आदत हो गई है . athak bankē sēvā karnē mē̃ ēk natural ādat hō gaī hai . athak[adj.] bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] natural ādat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . x become[abs.] service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in one natural habit be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
542It has become a natural habit to be tireless in service.
451फिर भी देखो कितनी संख्या है . phir bhī dēkhō kitnī saṅkhyā hai . phir bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . nevertheless see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so x be[pres.sg.23] .
543Even so, look at the numbers.
452अभी की संख्या कितनी है ? abhī kī|key saṅkhyā kitnī hai ? ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x so be[pres.sg.23] ?
544What is the number of people now?
453 ( 15-16 हजार आये हैं , सभी मिलकर करीब 18 हजार हाल में बैठे हैं ) इतने सबको सम्भाल रहे हैं ना . ( 15-16 hajār āyē haĩ , sabhī milkar karīb 18 hajār hall|hāl mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ ) itnē sabkō sambhāl rahē haĩ nā . ( 15-16 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] karīb 18 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sabkō sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . ( 15-16 1000 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , all receive[abs.] nearly 18 1000 (hall|x) in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) such everything be careful[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .
54515 to 16 thousand people are being looked after now. 546All those who have come, double foreigners and those from this land, are all of you OK?
454आये हुए जो भी डबल विदेशी या देश वाले सब ठीक हो ? āyē huē jō bhī double vidēśhī yā dēśh vālē sab ṭhīk hō ? ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that too double foreigner or land those who all OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
547Did you get proper food? 548Are you living comfortably?
455खाना ठीक मिला है , ठीक रहे हुए हो , ठण्डी तो नहीं लगी ? khānā ṭhīk milā hai , ṭhīk rahē huē hō , ṭhaṇḍī tō nahī̃ lagī ? khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , ṭhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tō nahī̃[neg] lagnā[past-part.f.] ? (eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|eat[inf.m.sg.d.]) OK receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , OK (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , cool then not x[past-part.f.] ?
549You aren't the feeling cold, are you? 550Have you received blankets?
456कम्बल मिले हैं ? kambal milē haĩ ? x milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? x receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
551Mothers, are you happy?
457मातायें , मातायें सुख से रह रही हैं ? mātāyē̃ , mātāyē̃ sukh sē rah rahī haĩ ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ? mother , mother happiness from remain[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ? 458मातायें ठीक रही पड़ी हैं ? mātāyē̃ ṭhīk rahī paṛī haĩ ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+paṛnā] ? mother OK remain[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+paṛnā] ?
552Are you comfortable? 553Achcha, so, remember: You have to show newness in the New Year.
459अच्छा - तो याद रखना , नये वर्ष की नवीनता दिखाना . achchhā - tō yād rakhnā , nayē varṣh kī|key navīntā dikhānā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - tō yād rakhnā[x] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key navīntā[n.f.;sg.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha - then remember , new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) newness x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
554Even those sitting outside are happy on hearing this. 555More people listen to the murli.
460बाहर भी जो बैठे हैं , वह भी सुन-सुन करके खुश हो रहे हैं . bāhar bhī jō baiṭhē haĩ , vah bhī sun-sun karkē khuśh hō rahē haĩ . bāhar bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . outside too that sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that too listen[root] do[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
556There would be fewer people watching this, but there are many who are hearing the murli.
461इन्टरनेट पर सुनते ज्यादा हैं , देखने वाले तो थोड़े होंगे , लेकिन सुनने वाले बहुत हैं . inṭaranēṭ par suntē jyādā haĩ , dēkhnē vālē tō thōṛē hōṅgē , lēkin sunnē vālē bahut haĩ . x par[postp.]|par[adj.] sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lēkin sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x (at|other) listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] more be[pres.pl.12hon3] , see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then short be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , but listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who very be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 462तो बापदादा खुश होते हैं कि दूर बैठे भी ऐसे ही लगन से बैठते हैं जैसे सम्मुख बैठे हैं और समय का अन्तर होते भी हिम्मत और उत्साह से बैठते हैं . tō bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ ki dūr baiṭhē bhī aisē hī lagan sē baiṭhtē haĩ jaisē sammukh baiṭhē haĩ aur samay kā antar hōtē bhī himmat aur utsāh sē baiṭhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sammukh baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that distant (sit[opt.sg.23]|sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) too such only love from sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] like in front of you sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and time of difference be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too courage and enthusiasm from sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
557So, BapDada is pleased, that even whilst sitting at a distance, you sit with so much love that it is as though you are sitting personally in front of Baba. 558And, even though there is the time difference, you sit with courage and enthusiasm.
463बाकी सभी तरफ से कार्ड तो बहुत आये हैं . bākī sabhī taraph sē card tō bahut āyē haĩ . bākī|bākī sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] card tō bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (but|others) all direction from card then very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
559Baba saw many cards that have come from everywhere.
464यहाँ रखे हुए हैं ना ! yahā̃ rakhē huē haĩ nā ! yahā̃ rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rakhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! here (keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|keep[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
560You have kept them here, have you not?
465बापदादा ने देखे . bāpdādā nē dēkhē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.sg.23]|dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada ∅ (see[opt.sg.23]|see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 466तो कार्ड वालों को बापदादा रेसपान्ड में , याद-प्यार दुआओं के साथ कार्ड के बदले रिकार्ड दिखाओ , यह कह रहे हैं . tō card vālō̃ kō bāpdādā respond mē̃ , yād-pyār duāō̃ kē sāth card kē badlē record dikhāō , yah kah rahē haĩ . tō card vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā respond mē̃[postp.] , yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] card kē badlē[x] record dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then card those who to BapDada response in , love, remembrance blessing with card instead of record x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
561Many cards have come, but to those who sent cards, in response, together with love, remembrance and blessings, BapDada is telling you that you have to show your record.
467कार्ड भेजने की मुबारक है लेकिन रिकार्ड दिखायेंगे तो बहुत-बहुत-बहुत-बहुत मुबारकें मिलेंगी . card bhējnē kī|key mubārak hai lēkin record dikhāyēṅgē tō bahut-bahut-bahut-bahut mubārakē̃ milē̃gī . card bhējnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin record dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bahut[adv.] mubārak[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . card x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] but record x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then very congratulations receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
562Congratulations for sending the cards, but if you show your record, you will receive lots, lots, lots and lots of congratulations.
468खिलौने भी भेजते हैं , पत्र भी भेजते हैं . khilaunē bhī bhējtē haĩ , patra bhī bhējtē haĩ . khilaunā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
563You also send toys and letters.
469डबल फारेनर्स की मैजारिटी की एक विशेषता है जो बापदादा को बहुत प्यारी लगती है . double foreigners kī|key majority kī|key ēk viśhēṣhtā hai jō bāpdādā kō bahut pyārī lagtī hai . double foreigner karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key majority karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) majority (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one speciality be[pres.sg.23] that BapDada to very loving x[pres.sg.f.23] .
564The majority of double- foreigners have one speciality which BapDada loves a lot. 565Child Janak is also listening.
470जनक बच्ची भी फॉरेन की रिजल्ट सुन रही है , खुश हो रही है . janak bachchī bhī foreign kī|key result sun rahī hai , khuśh hō rahī hai . janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] foreign karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result sunnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Janak girl too abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result listen[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , happy be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
566She is listening to the result of the lands abroad and is happy.
471एक विशेषता यह है कि सच बोलते हैं . ēk viśhēṣhtā yah hai ki sach bōltē haĩ . ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sach[adj.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . one speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that of truth speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
567One speciality is that you speak the truth.
472सच्ची दिल पर साहेब राजी होता है . sachchī dil par sāhēb rājī hōtā hai . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sāhēb[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāzī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . true heart (at|other) x pleased be[pres.sg.m.23] .
568The Lord is pleased with an honest heart.
473हिलते भी हैं , झूलते भी हैं लेकिन बोलते सच हैं . hiltē bhī haĩ , jhūltē bhī haĩ lēkin bōltē sach haĩ . hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sach[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , swing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] of truth be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
569You fluctuate and you swing too, but you also speak the truth.
474और जो सच बोलता है ना उसकी आधी गलती माफ हो जाती है . aur jō sach bōltā hai nā uskī ādhī galtī|galatī māph hō jātī hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] sach[adj.] bōlnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.kī] ādhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] galnā[pres-part.f.]|galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] māph[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . and that of truth speak[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that[.kī] half (x[pres-part.f.]|mistake) x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
570And, when you speak the truth, your mistake is already half-forgiven.
475इसलिए बापदादा को यह विशेषता अच्छी लगती है क्योंकि जो झूठ बोलते हैं ना , तो झूठ ऐसी चीज़ है वो अन्दर खाता जरूर है . isliē bāpdādā kō yah viśhēṣhtā achchhī lagtī hai kyōṅki jō jhūṭh bōltē haĩ nā , tō jhūṭh aisī chīz hai vō andar khātā jarūr hai . isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] andar khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore BapDada to this speciality achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] because that of falsehood speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then of falsehood such thing be[pres.sg.23] that inside (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) definitely be[pres.sg.23] .
571This is why BapDada likes this speciality because, when you tell lies, then those lies definitely make your conscience bite inside.
476जैसे कांटा पांव में चुब जाता है ना तो क्या होता रहता है ? jaisē kāṇṭā pāṅw mē̃ cub jātā hai nā tō kyā hōtā rahtā hai ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāṇṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x jānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ? like thorn foot in x go[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then what be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ?
572When your foot is pricked by a thorn, what happens all the time?
477अन्दर ही अन्दर काटता रहता है ना . andar hī andar kāṭtā rahtā hai nā . andar hī[p.] andar kāṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] nā . inside only inside bite[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ .
573It hurts you inside, does it not?
478ऐसे झूठ बोलने वाले के अन्दर खुशी कभी नहीं होगी . aisē jhūṭh bōlnē vālē kē|K andar khuśhī kabhī nahī̃ hōgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhūṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . such of falsehood speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|K) inside happiness ever not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
574Similarly, there can never be happiness in those who tell lies.
479कोई न कोई प्राबलम ही प्राबलम होगी . kōī na kōī problem hī problem hōgī . kōī na kōī[x] problem hī[p.] problem hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . one .. or another problem only problem be[fut.f.sg.23] .
575There would always be one problem or another.
480इसीलिए स्पष्ट आत्मा बनने से स्पष्टता श्रेष्ठ बना देती है . isīliē spaṣhṭ ātmā bannē sē spaṣhṭatā śhrēṣhṭh banā dētī hai . isīliē spaṣhṭ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] spaṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . x clearly soul become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from x elevated (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
576Therefore, by being clear (honest) souls, this clarity makes you elevated.
481मदद मिल जाती है , लिफ्ट हो जाती है . madad mil jātī hai , lift hō jātī hai . madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , lift hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . x receive[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , lift be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
577You receive help and that becomes a lift.
482तो अपनी विशेषता कभी कम नहीं करना . tō apnī viśhēṣhtā kabhī cum|kam nahī̃ karnā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kabhī[adv.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then one’s own speciality ever (x|less) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
578So, never allow your speciality to decrease.
483इस विशेषता की आप लोगों को बहुत मदद है . is viśhēṣhtā kī|key āp lōgō̃ kō bahut madad hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this speciality (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) you people to very x be[pres.sg.23] .
579All of you have great help from this speciality.
484अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
580Achcha.
485चारों ओर के सदा अखण्ड महादानी बच्चों को , चारों ओर के बाप के राइट हैण्ड , आज्ञाकारी भुजाओं को , चारों ओर के सदा सर्व आत्माओं को हिम्मत के पंख लगाने वाले हिम्मतवान आत्माओं को , चारों ओर के सदा बाप समान हर कर्म में फालो करने वाले ब्रह्मा बाप और जगत अम्बा के शिक्षाओं को सदा प्रैक्टिकल जीवन में लाने वाले सर्व बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत यादप्यार , दुआयें और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā akhaṇḍ mahādānī bachchō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K bāp kē|K right hand , āgyākārī bhujāō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā sarv ātmāō̃ kō himmat kē|K paṅkh lagānē vālē himmatvān ātmāō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā bāp samān har|her karma mē̃ follow karnē vālē brahmā bāp aur jagat ambā kē|K śhikṣhāō̃ kō sadā practical jīvan mē̃ lānē vālē sarv bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut yādpyār , duāyē̃ aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā akhaṇḍ[adj.] mahādānī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K right hand[x] , āgyākārī[adj.] bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] himmatvān[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā bāp samān[x] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhikṣhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā practical jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) constantly constant great donor child to , everywhere (of|K) father (of|K) right hand , obedient arm to , everywhere (of|K) constantly all soul to courage (of|K) wing attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul to , everywhere (of|K) constantly equal to the Father (x[root]|x) deed in follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who Brahma father and world mother (of|K) teachings to constantly practical life in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all child to very love, remembrance , blessing and x .
581To all the endless great donor children everywhere, to all the Father's right-hand obedient arms, to all the courageous souls who give all souls everywhere the wings of courage, to all the children everywhere who constantly follow Father Brahma in every action, to all the children who always put the teachings of Father Brahma and Jagadamba into their practical life, lots and lots of love, remembrance, blessings and namaste.
486रात्रि 12 बजे के बाद प्यारे अव्यक्त बापदादा ने नये वर्ष 2004 की बधाईयां सभी बच्चों को दीrātri 12 bajē kē bād pyārē avyakt bāpdādā nē nayē varṣh 2004 kī|key badhāīyā̃ sabhī bachchō̃ kō the|dīrātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] 12 bajnā[opt.sg.23]|bajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē bād[x] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] 2004 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.]night 12 (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|o'clock) after loving avyakt BapDada ∅ new year 2004 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings all child to (the|give[past-part.f.])
582After midnight, beloved Avyakt BapDada gave all the children greetings for the New Year 2004.
487इस समय संगम है , पुराने वर्ष और नये वर्ष का संगम है . is samay saṅgam hai , purānē varṣh aur nayē varṣh kā saṅgam hai . is samay[x] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . at this time confluence be[pres.sg.23] , old year and new year of confluence be[pres.sg.23] .
583This is the time of the confluence; the confluence of the old year and the New Year.
488इस नये वर्ष और पुराने वर्ष के संगम समय पर बापदादा सभी विश्व के अति प्रिय , अति लाडले , अति सिकीलधे बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत-बहुत दिल की दुआओं सहित यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . is nayē varṣh aur purānē varṣh kē|K saṅgam samay par bāpdādā sabhī viśhva kē|K ati priya , ati lāḍlē , ati sikīladhē bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut-bahut dil kī|key duāō̃ sahit yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati priy[adj.] , ati lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , ati sikīladhē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sahit yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this new year and old year (of|K) confluence time (at|other) BapDada all world (of|K) x having love for , x x , x beloved, long-lost and now-found child to very heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing including love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
584At this confluence of the old year and the New Year, BapDada is giving lots of blessings from the heart as well as love and remembrance to all those dearly loved by the world, to the extremely beloved, long-lost and now-found children.
489मुबारक की बहुत-बहुत थालियां भरकर दे रहे हैं . mubārak kī|key bahut-bahut thāliyā̃ bharkar dē rahē haĩ . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut thālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bharnā[abs.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . congratulations (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very plateful fill[abs.] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
585Baba is giving you many trays full of congratulations.
490सारा वर्ष खुश रहना , अपने खुशनसीब भाग्य को सदा स्मृति में रख मास्टर भाग्यविधाता बनना . sārā varṣh khuśh rahnā , apnē khuśhnasīb bhāgya kō sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rakh master bhāgyavidhātā bannā . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśhnasīb[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[root] master bhāgya vidhātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . the whole year happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , one’s own having the fortune of happiness x to constantly awareness in keep[root] master Bestower of Fortune become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 491अभी संगमयुग की यादप्यार . abhī saṅgamyug kī|key yādpyār . ab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . now confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love, remembrance .
586Remain happy throughout the whole year. 587Constantly keep your fortune of happiness in your awareness and become master bestowers of fortune.
492डबल विदेशियों के प्रति और भारत के बच्चों के प्रति डबल गुडनाइट और गुडमार्निग दोनों ही दे रहे हैं . double vidēśhiyō̃ kē prati aur bhārat kē|K bachchō̃ kē prati double good night aur good morning dōnō̃ hī dē rahē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] aur bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] double good night aur good morning dōnō̃ hī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . double foreigner for and Bharat (of|K) child for double x and good morning x only give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
588Now, love and remembrance of the confluence age. 589To all the double-foreign children and the children of Bharat, double good night and good morning.
493जैसे अभी खुश हो रहे हो ना ! jaisē abhī khuśh hō rahē hō nā ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! like now happy be[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
590You are happy now, are you not?
494तो जब कोई बात ऐसी आवे तो आज के दिन को याद करके खुशी में झूमना . tō jab kōī bāt aisī āvē tō āj kē|K din kō yād karkē khuśhī mē̃ jhūmnā . tō jab kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jhūmnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then when some matter such come[opt.sg.23] then today (of|K) day to remembrance do[abs.] happiness in sway in happiness[inf.m.sg.d.] .
591So, when any situation arises, remember this day and dance in happiness.
495खुशी के झूले में सदा झूलते रहना . khuśhī kē|K jhūlē mē̃ sadā jhūltē rahnā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|jhūlnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] sadā jhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happiness (of|K) (swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing|swing[opt.sg.23]) in constantly swing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
592Constantly continue to swing in the swing of happiness.
496कभी दुःख की लहर नहीं आवे . kabhī duḥkh kī|key lahar nahī̃ āvē . kabhī[adv.] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.sg.23] . ever (hurt[root]|sorrow) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave not come[opt.sg.23] .
593Let no waves of sorrow come.
497दुःख देखने वाले तो दुनिया में अनेक आत्मायें हैं , आप सुख देखने , सुख देने वाले , सुखदाता के बच्चे सुख स्वरूप हो . duḥkh dēkhnē vālē tō duniyā mē̃ anēk ātmāyē̃ haĩ , āp sukh dēkhnē , sukh dēnē vālē , sukhdātā kē|K bachchē sukh svarūp hō . duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sukhdātā[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (hurt[root]|sorrow) see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then world in many soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you happiness see[inf.m.pl.,o.] , happiness give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , Bestower of Happiness (of|K) child happiness form (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
594There are many souls in the world who are seeing sorrow. 595You children are embodiments of happiness, the children of the Bestower of Happiness, who see happiness and give happiness.
498कभी सुख के झूले में झूलो , कभी प्यार के झूले में झूलो , कभी शान्ति के झूले में झूलो . kabhī sukh kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō , kabhī pyār kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō , kabhī śhānti kē|K jhūlē mē̃ jhūlō . kabhī[adv.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|jhūlnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|jhūlnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jhūlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|jhūlnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever happiness (of|K) (swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing|swing[opt.sg.23]) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ever love (of|K) (swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing|swing[opt.sg.23]) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ever peace (of|K) (swing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|swing|swing[opt.sg.23]) in swing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
596Sometimes swing in the swing of happiness, sometimes swing in the swing of love, sometimes swing in the swing of peace.
499झूलते ही रहो . jhūltē hī rahō . jhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . swing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
597Just continue to swing.
500नीचे मिट्टी में पांव नहीं रखना . nīchē miṭṭī mē̃ pāṅw nahī̃ rakhnā . nīchē miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . down mud in foot not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
598Do not allow your feet to step in the mud.
501झूलते ही रहना . jhūltē hī rahnā . jhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . swing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
599Just continue to swing.
502खुश रहना और सभी को खुश रखना और लोगों को खुशी बांटना . khuśh rahnā aur sabhī kō khuśh rakhnā aur lōgō̃ kō khuśhī bāṇṭnā . khuśh[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāṇṭnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happy remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and all to happy keep[inf.m.sg.d.] and people to happiness distribute[inf.m.sg.d.] .
600Remain happy and make everyone happy and distribute happiness to everyone.
503अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
601Achcha.
504ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .
602* * * O M S H A N T I * * *